WO2009029592A1 - Heterobicyclic-substituted quinolones useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors - Google Patents

Heterobicyclic-substituted quinolones useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009029592A1
WO2009029592A1 PCT/US2008/074251 US2008074251W WO2009029592A1 WO 2009029592 A1 WO2009029592 A1 WO 2009029592A1 US 2008074251 W US2008074251 W US 2008074251W WO 2009029592 A1 WO2009029592 A1 WO 2009029592A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
imidazo
methyl
group
recited
difluoroquinolin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2008/074251
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Nicholas D. Smith
Joseph E. Payne
Celine Bonnefous
Sergio Duron
Hui Zhuang
Xiaohong Chen
Steven Govek
Andrew K. Lindstrom
Original Assignee
Kalypsys, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Kalypsys, Inc. filed Critical Kalypsys, Inc.
Publication of WO2009029592A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009029592A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • Nitric oxide is involved in the regulation of many physiological processes as well as the pathophysiology of a number of diseases. It is synthesized enzymatically from L-arginine in numerous tissues and cell types by three distinct isoforms of the enzyme NO synthase (NOS). Two of these isoforms, endothelial NOS (eNOS) and neuronal NOS (nNOS) are expressed in a constitutive manner and are calcium/calmodulin dependent. Endothelial NOS is expressed by endothelium and other cell types and is involved in cardiovascular homeostasis. Neuronal NOS is constitutively present in both the central and peripheral nervous system where NO acts a neurotransmitter.
  • NOS NO synthase
  • NOS inducible NOS
  • iNOS inducible NOS
  • a virtually calcium independent enzyme is absent in resting cells, but is rapidly expressed in virtually all nucleated mammalian cells in response to stimuli such as endotoxins and/or cytokines.
  • the inducible isoform is neither stimulated by calcium nor blocked by calmodulin antagonists. It contains several tightly bound co-factors, including FMN, FAD and tetrahydrobiopterin.
  • the inducible isoform of nitric oxide synthase (NOS 2 or iNOS) is expressed in virtually all nucleated mammalian cells following exposure to inflammatory cytokines or lipopolysaccharide.
  • the enzyme iNOS synthase is a homodimer composed of 130 kDa subunits. Each subunit comprises an oxygenase domain and a reductase domain. Importantly, dimerization of the iNOS synthase is required for enzyme activity. If the dimerization mechanism is disrupted, the production of nitric oxide via inducible NOS enzyme is inhibited.
  • iNOS iNOS synthesizes 100-1000 times more NO than the constitutive enzymes synthesize and does so for prolonged periods. This excessive production of NO and resulting NO-derived metabolites (e.g., peroxynitrite) elicit cellular toxicity and tissue damage which contribute to the pathophysiology of a number of diseases, disorders and conditions.
  • NO-derived metabolites e.g., peroxynitrite
  • Nitric oxide generated by the inducible form of NOS has also been implicated in the pathogenesis of inflammatory diseases.
  • hypotension induced by lipopolysaccharide or tumor necrosis factor alpha can be reversed by NOS inhibitors.
  • Conditions which lead to cytokine-induced hypotension include septic shock, hemodialysis and interleukin therapy in cancer patients.
  • An iNOS inhibitor has been shown to be effective in treating cytokine-induced hypotension, inflammatory bowel disease, cerebral ischemia, osteoarthritis, asthma and neuropathies such as diabetic neuropathy and post-herpetic neuralgia.
  • nitric oxide localized in high amounts in inflamed tissues has been shown to induce pain locally and to enhance central as well as peripheral stimuli.
  • nitric oxide produced by an inflammatory response is thought to be synthesized by iNOS
  • the inhibition of iNOS dimerization produces both prophylactic and remedial analgesia in patients.
  • Nitric oxide and NOS activity and expression have been linked to neuropathic pain and postherpetic neuralgia, as well, conditions for which treatment options have been equivocal at best(Wu CL and Raja SN, J Pain. 2008 Jan;9(l Suppl l):S19-30).
  • Inhibitors of iNOS show promise in the treatment of these debilitating diseases.
  • rats administered an iNOS inhibitor demonstrate a role for peripherally-expressed iNOS in pain conditions with an inflammatory component and the potential value of iNOS inhibitors in such conditions.
  • rats administered iNOS inhibitor GW274150 24 hours after Freund's Complete Adjuvant (FCA) injection in the hind paw demonstrated suppressed accumulation of nitrite in the inflamed paw indicating substantial iNOS inhibition and attenuated hypersensitivity to pain and edema in a dose-dependent manner (De Alba J et al, J Pain. 2006 Jan; 120(1 -2): 170-81).
  • INOS-selective and nonselective inhibitors have long been known in the art, and have been investigated for the treatment of iNOS-mediated diseases and conditions including pain, as described above.
  • iNOS-mediated diseases and conditions including pain, as described above.
  • no NOS inhibitor has made it to market, for reasons that will not be exhaustively addressed here.
  • the earliest compounds tended to fall in to the category of active-site inhibitors, leading to unacceptable side effects.
  • Novel compounds and pharmaceutical compositions certain of which have been found to inhibit inducible NOS synthase have been discovered, together with methods of synthesizing and using the compounds including methods for the treatment of iNOS-mediated diseases in a patient by administering the compounds. Certain of these compounds have additionally demonstrated efficacy in vivo as anti-inflammatory agents. Finally, certain compounds disclosed herein exhibit good metabolic stability. [Oi l] In certain embodiments of the present invention, compounds have structural Formula I:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of acyl, alkyl, alkylene, aminoalkyl, amidoalkyl, alkynyl, amido, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, arylamino, arylaminoalkyl, arylthio, carboxy, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylamino, heteroarylaminoalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, hydrazinyl, hydrogen, imino, thio, sulfonate, sulfonylamino and sulfonylaminoalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of acyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkylene, alkylamino, alkynyl, alkylimino, amido, amino, aryl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, halo, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and hydrogen, any of which may be optionally substituted; or, alternatively, R 2 may combine with R 1 to form heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, amino, arylalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and hydrogen, any of which may be optionally substituted; and
  • A, B, C and D are each independently selected from the group consisting of acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylene, alkylamino, alkynyl, amido, amino, aminosulfonyl, aryl, arylalkoxy, arylamino, arylthio, carboxy, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylamino, heterocycloalkyl, hydrazinyl, hydrogen, imino, thio, sulfonate and sulfonylamino, any of which may be optionally substituted; or, alternatively, any two or more A, B, C and D may combine to form aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted.
  • Certain compounds disclosed herein may possess useful iNOS inhibitory activity, and may be used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in which iNOS plays an active role.
  • the certain embodiments also provide pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as well as methods of making and using the compounds and compositions.
  • Certain embodiments provide methods for inhibiting iNOS.
  • Other embodiments provide methods for treating an iNOS-mediated disorder in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition according to the present invention.
  • certain compounds disclosed herein for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of iNOS.
  • compounds have structural Formula II
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of CR 4 and N;
  • X 2 is selected from the group consisting of CR 5 and N;
  • X 3 is selected from the group consisting of CR 6 and N;
  • R 4 -R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkoxy, lower alkynyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, (CH 2 ) m OR 12 , (CH 2 ) m SR 13 , and (CH 2 ) m N(R 14 )R 15 , any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy;
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -(CH 2 ) n -lower cycloalkyl, -(CH 2 ) n -lower heterocycloalkyl, -(CH 2 ) n -lower aryl, and -(CH 2 ) n -lower heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy;
  • R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , and R 11 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and halogen;
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower heterocycloalkyl, and lower heterocycloalkylalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy;
  • R 14 and R 15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower heterocycloalkyl, and lower heterocycloalkylalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; or R 14 and R 15 , together with the atom to which they are attached, may be joined to form an optionally substituted 3- 7 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety; and m and n are independently 0-4.
  • R 10 and R 11 are hydrogen. [015] In further embodiments, [016] In further embodiments :
  • X 2 is CR 5 ;
  • X 3 is CR 6 .
  • R 5 and R 6 are hydrogen.
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of fluorine and hydrogen.
  • R 8 is hydrogen.
  • R 4 is selected from the croup consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkoxy, (CH 2 ) m OR 12 , (CH 2 ) m SR 13 , and (CH 2 ) m N(R 14 )R 15 , any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; and
  • R 14 and R 15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl; or R 14 and R 15 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, may be joined to form an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety. [021 ] In further embodiments :
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl and -(CH 2 ) n -lower cycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; and n is 0 or 1.
  • X 1 is N. [023] In further embodiments X 1 is CH.
  • composition comprising a compound as recited in Claim 1 together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • method of inhibition of iNOS comprising contacting iNOS with a compound as recited in Claim 1.
  • a method of treatment of a iNOS-mediated disease comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as recited in Claim 1 to a patient in need thereof.
  • a method of treatment of a iNOS-mediated disease comprising the administration of: a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as recited in Claim 1; and another therapeutic agent.
  • acyl refers to a carbonyl attached to an alkenyl, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or any other moiety were the atom attached to the carbonyl is carbon.
  • An “acetyl” group refers to a -C(O)CH3 group.
  • An “alkylcarbonyl” or “alkanoyl” group refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group. Examples of such groups include methylcarbonyl and ethylcarbonyl. Examples of acyl groups include formyl, alkanoyl and aroyl.
  • alkenyl refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon group having one or more double bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkenyl will comprise from 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkoxy refers to an alkyl ether group, wherein the term alkyl is as defined below.
  • suitable alkyl ether groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso- butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, and the like.
  • alkyl refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl, noyl and the like.
  • alkylene refers to a saturated aliphatic group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon attached at two or more positions, such as methylene (- CH 2 -). Unless otherwise specified, the term “alkyl” may include “alkylene” groups.
  • alkylamino refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an amino group. Suitable alkylamino groups may be mono- or dialkylated, forming groups such as, for example, N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N,N-ethylmethylamino and the like.
  • alkylidene refers to an alkenyl group in which one carbon atom of the carbon-carbon double bond belongs to the moiety to which the alkenyl group is attached.
  • alkylthio refers to an alkyl thioether (R-S-) group wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and wherein the sulfur may be singly or doubly oxidized.
  • suitable alkyl thioether groups include methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, iso- butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, methanesulfonyl, ethanesulf ⁇ nyl, and the like.
  • alkynyl refers to a straight-chain or branched chain hydrocarbon group having one or more triple bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • alkynylene refers to a carbon-carbon triple bond attached at two positions such as ethynylene (-C:::C-, -C ⁇ C-).
  • alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1- yl, 3-methylbutyn-l-yl, hexyn-2-yl, and the like.
  • alkynyl may include "alkynylene” groups.
  • acylamino as used herein, alone or in combination, embraces an acyl group attached to the parent moiety through an amino group.
  • acylamino is acetylamino (CH 3 C(O)NH-).
  • amino refers to — NRR , wherein R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may themselves be optionally substituted. Additionally, R and R' may combine to form heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
  • aryl as used herein, alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such polycyclic ring systems are fused together.
  • aryl embraces aromatic groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthryl.
  • arylalkenyl or “aralkenyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkenyl group.
  • arylalkoxy or “aralkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group.
  • arylalkyl or “aralkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
  • arylalkynyl or “aralkynyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkynyl group.
  • arylalkanoyl or “aralkanoyl” or “aroyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an acyl group derived from an aryl-substituted alkanecarboxylic acid such as benzoyl, naphthyl, phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl
  • hydrocinnamoyl 4-phenylbutyryl, (2-naphthyl)acetyl, 4-chlorohydrocinnamoyl, and the like.
  • aryloxy refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy.
  • carbamate refers to an ester of carbamic acid (-NHCOO-) which may be attached to the parent molecular moiety from either the nitrogen or acid end, and which may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • N-carbamyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a
  • carbonyl when alone includes formyl [-C(O)H] and in combination is a -C(O)- group.
  • carboxyl or “carboxy,” as used herein, refers to -C(O)OH or the corresponding “carboxylate” anion, such as is in a carboxylic acid salt.
  • An "0-carboxy” group refers to a RC(O)O- group, where R is as defined herein.
  • C-carboxy group refers to a -C(O)OR groups where R is as defined herein.
  • cyano as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -CN.
  • cycloalkyl or, alternatively, “carbocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic alkyl group wherein each cyclic moiety contains from 3 to 12 carbon atom ring members and which may optionally be a benzo fused ring system which is optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • said cycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, octahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH-indenyl, adamantyl and the like.
  • Bicyclic and tricyclic as used herein are intended to include both fused ring systems, such as decahydronaphthalene, octahydronaphthalene as well as the multicyclic (multicentered) saturated or partially unsaturated type.
  • the latter type of isomer is exemplified in general by, bicyclo[l,l,l]pentane, camphor, adamantane, and bicyclo[3,2,l]octane.
  • esters refers to a carboxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
  • ether refers to an oxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
  • halo or halogen
  • haloalkoxy refers to a haloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced with a halogen. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl groups.
  • a monohaloalkyl group for one example, may have an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the group.
  • Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl groups may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo groups.
  • haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
  • Haloalkylene refers to a haloalkyl group attached at two or more positions. Examples include fluoromethylene (-CFH-), difluoromethylene (-CF 2 -), chloromethylene (-CHC1-) and the like.
  • heteroalkyl refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or combinations thereof, fully saturated or containing from 1 to 3 degrees of unsaturation, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
  • the heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH 2 -NH- OCH 3 .
  • heteroaryl refers to a 3 to 7 membered unsaturated heteromonocyclic ring, or a fused monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system in which at least one of the fused rings is aromatic, which contains at least one atom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N.
  • said heteroaryl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • heterocyclic rings are fused with aryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with other heteroaryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with heterocycloalkyl rings, or wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with cycloalkyl rings.
  • heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl, pyranyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, chromonyl,
  • Exemplary tricyclic heterocyclic groups include carbazolyl, benzidolyl, phenanthrolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, acridinyl, phenanthridinyl, xanthenyl and the like.
  • heterocycloalkyl and, interchangeably, “heterocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, each refer to a saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom as a ring member, wherein each said heteroatom may be independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur
  • said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members.
  • said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 2 heteroatoms as ring members.
  • said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 8 ring members in each ring.
  • heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 7 ring members in each ring. In yet further embodiments, said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 6 ring members in each ring.
  • "Heterocycloalkyl” and “heterocycle” are intended to include sulfones, sulfoxides, N-oxides of tertiary nitrogen ring members, and carbocyclic fused and benzo fused ring systems; additionally, both terms also include systems where a heterocycle ring is fused to an aryl group, as defined herein, or an additional heterocycle group.
  • heterocycle groups include aziridinyl, azetidinyl, 1,3- benzodioxolyl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrocinnolinyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydro[ 1 ,3]oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihy-dropyridinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, isoindolinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, piperidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and the like.
  • the heterocycle groups may be optionally substituted unless specifically prohibited.
  • hydrazinyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to two amino groups joined by a single bond, i.e., -N-N-.
  • hydroxy refers to -OH.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to a hydroxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
  • isocyanato refers to a -NCO group.
  • linear chain of atoms refers to the longest straight chain of atoms independently selected from carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • lower means containing from 1 to and including 6 carbon atoms.
  • lower aryl as used herein, alone or in combination, means phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally substituted as provided.
  • lower heteroaryl as used herein, alone or in combination, means either 1) monocyclic heteroaryl comprising five or six ring members, of which between one and four said members may be heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of
  • each of the fused rings comprises five or six ring members, comprising between them one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N.
  • lower cycloalkyl as used herein, alone or in combination, means a monocyclic cycloalkyl having between three and six ring members. Lower cycloalkyls may be unsaturated. Examples of lower cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • lower heterocycloalkyl as used herein, alone or in combination, means a monocyclic heterocycloalkyl having between three and six ring members, of which between one and four may be heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of
  • lower heterocycloalkyls examples include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholinyl. Lower heterocycloalkyls may be unsaturated. [081] The term "lower amino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and lower heteroalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted. Additionally, the R and R' of a lower amino group may combine to form a five- or six-membered heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
  • nitro refers to -NO 2 .
  • perhaloalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
  • perhaloalkyl refers to an alkyl group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
  • sulfonate refers to the -SO3H group and its anion as the sulfonic acid is used in salt formation.
  • thia and thio refer to a -S- group or an ether wherein the oxygen is replaced with sulfur.
  • the oxidized derivatives of the thio group namely sulfmyl and sulfonyl, are included in the definition of thia and thio.
  • thiol refers to an -SH group.
  • N-thiocarbamyl refers to an ROC(S)NR'- group, with R and R' as defined herein.
  • O-thiocarbamyl refers to a -OC(S)NRR', group with R and R' as defined herein.
  • thiocyanato refers to a -CNS group.
  • trihalomethoxy refers to a X 3 CO- group where X is a halogen.
  • trimethysilyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a silicone group substituted at its three free valences with groups as listed herein under the definition of substituted amino. Examples include trimethysilyl, tert- butyldimethylsilyl, triphenylsilyl and the like.
  • any definition herein may be used in combination with any other definition to describe a composite structural group.
  • the trailing element of any such definition is that which attaches to the parent moiety.
  • the composite group alkylamido would represent an alkyl group attached to the parent molecule through an amido group
  • the term alkoxyalkyl would represent an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecule through an alkyl group.
  • the term "optionally substituted” means the anteceding group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituents of an "optionally substituted” group may include, without limitation, one or more substituents independently selected from the following groups or a particular designated set of groups, alone or in combination: lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkanoyl, lower heteroalkyl, lower heterocycloalkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkenyl, lower haloalkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower perhaloalkoxy, lower cycloalkyl, phenyl, aryl, aryloxy, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy, oxo, lower acyloxy, carbonyl, carboxyl, lower alkylcarbonyl, lower carboxyester, lower carboxamido, cyano, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylcarbonyl
  • Two substituents may be joined together to form a fused five-, six-, or seven-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring consisting of zero to three heteroatoms, for example forming methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy.
  • An optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., -CH 2 CH 3 ), fully substituted (e.g., -CF 2 CF 3 ), monosubstituted (e.g., -CH 2 CH 2 F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and monosubstituted (e.g., -CH 2 CF 3 ).
  • aryl, heterocycle, R, etc. occur more than one time in a formula or generic structure, its definition at each occurrence is independent of the definition at every other occurrence.
  • certain groups may be attached to a parent molecule or may occupy a position in a chain of elements from either end as written.
  • an unsymmetrical group such as -C(O)N(R)- may be attached to the parent moiety at either the carbon or the nitrogen.
  • Asymmetric centers exist in the compounds disclosed herein. These centers are designated by the symbols "R” or "S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom.
  • the invention encompasses all stereochemical isomeric forms, including diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms, as well as d-isomers and 1 -isomers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Individual stereoisomers of compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain chiral centers or by preparation of mixtures of enantiomeric products followed by separation such as conversion to a mixture of diastereomers followed by separation or recrystallization, chromatographic techniques, direct separation of enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns, or any other appropriate method known in the art.
  • Starting compounds of particular stereochemistry are either commercially available or can be made and resolved by techniques known in the art. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein may exist as geometric isomers.
  • the present invention includes all cis, trans, syn, anti,
  • E
  • Z
  • compounds may exist as tautomers; all tautomeric isomers are provided by this invention.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms.
  • bond refers to a covalent linkage between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
  • a bond may be single, double, or triple unless otherwise specified.
  • a dashed line between two atoms in a drawing of a molecule indicates that an additional bond may be present or absent at that position.
  • the term "disease” as used herein is intended to be generally synonymous, and is used interchangeably with, the terms “disorder” and “condition” (as in medical condition), in that all reflect an abnormal condition of the human or animal body or of one of its parts that impairs normal functioning, is typically manifested by distinguishing signs and symptoms, and causes the human or animal to have a reduced duration or quality of life.
  • the term “combination therapy” means the administration of two or more therapeutic agents to treat a therapeutic condition or disorder described in the present disclosure. Such administration encompasses co-administration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each active ingredient. In addition, such administration also encompasses use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner. In either case, the treatment regimen will provide beneficial effects of the drug combination in treating the conditions or disorders described herein.
  • iNOS inhibitor is used herein to refer to a compound that exhibits an IC 50 with respect to iNOS activity of no more than about 100 ⁇ M and more typically not more than about 50 ⁇ M, as measured in the iNOS assay described generally hereinbelow.
  • IC50 is that concentration of inhibitor which reduces the activity of an enzyme (e.g., iNOS) to half-maximal level. Certain compounds disclosed herein have been discovered to exhibit inhibition against iNOS.
  • compounds will exhibit an EC50 with respect to iNOS of no more than about 10 ⁇ M; in further embodiments, compounds will exhibit an EC50 with respect to iNOS of no more than about 5 ⁇ M; in yet further embodiments, compounds will exhibit an EC50 with respect to iNOS of not more than about 1 ⁇ M; in yet further embodiments, compounds will exhibit an EC50 with respect to iNOS of not more than about 200 nM, as measured in the iNOS assay described herein.
  • the phrase "therapeutically effective” is intended to qualify the amount of active ingredients used in the treatment of a disease or disorder. This amount will achieve the goal of reducing or eliminating the said disease or disorder.
  • the term "therapeutically acceptable” refers to those compounds (or salts, prodrugs, tautomers, zwitterionic forms, etc.) which are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without undue toxicity, irritation, and allergic response, are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use.
  • patient means all mammals including humans. Examples of patients include humans, cows, dogs, cats, goats, sheep, pigs, and rabbits. Preferably, the patient is a human.
  • prodrug refers to a compound that is made more active in vivo. Certain compounds disclosed herein may also exist as prodrugs, as described in Hydrolysis in Drug and Prodrug Metabolism : Chemistry, Biochemistry, and Enzymology (Testa, Bernard and Mayer, Joachim M. Wiley- VHC A, Zurich, Switzerland 2003). Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are structurally modified forms of the compound that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compound. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compound by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to a compound when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
  • Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the compound, or parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent drug is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug.
  • a wide variety of prodrug derivatives are known in the art, such as those that rely on hydrolytic cleavage or oxidative activation of the prodrug.
  • An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug"), but then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity. Additional examples include peptidyl derivatives of a compound.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can exist as therapeutically acceptable salts.
  • the present invention includes compounds listed above in the form of salts, including acid addition salts. Suitable salts include those formed with both organic and inorganic acids. Such acid addition salts will normally be pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts of non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be of utility in the preparation and purification of the compound in question. Basic addition salts may also be formed and be pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • Pharmaceutical Salts Properties, Selection, and Use (Stahl, P. Heinrich. Wiley- VCHA, Zurich, Switzerland, 2002).
  • terapéuticaally acceptable salt represents salts or zwitterionic forms of the compounds disclosed herein which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible and therapeutically acceptable as defined herein.
  • the salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with a suitable acid.
  • Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, L-ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate (besylate), bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, digluconate, formate, fumarate, gentisate, glutarate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethansulfonate (isethionate), lactate, maleate, malonate, DL-mandelate, mesitylenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenyl
  • basic groups in the compounds disclosed herein can be quaternized with methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates; decyl, lauryl, myristyl, and steryl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; and benzyl and phenethyl bromides.
  • acids which can be employed to form therapeutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, and phosphoric, and organic acids such as oxalic, maleic, succinic, and citric. Salts can also be formed by coordination of the compounds with an alkali metal or alkaline earth ion.
  • the present invention contemplates sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium salts of the compounds disclosed herein, and the like.
  • Basic addition salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds by reacting a carboxy group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
  • a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
  • the cations of therapeutically acceptable salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum, as well as nontoxic quaternary amine cations such as ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N- methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine, NN-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine, and NN-dibenzylethylenediamine.
  • nontoxic quaternary amine cations such as ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, eth
  • compositions which comprise one or more of certain compounds disclosed herein, or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, prodrugs, amides, or solvates thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers thereof and optionally one or more other therapeutic ingredients.
  • the carrier(s) must be "acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen.
  • compositions disclosed herein may be manufactured in any manner known in the art, e.g. , by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
  • the formulations include those suitable for oral, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarticular, and intramedullary), intraperitoneal, transmucosal, transdermal, rectal and topical (including dermal, buccal, sublingual and intraocular) administration although the most suitable route may depend upon for example the condition and disorder of the recipient.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Typically, these methods include the step of bringing into association a compound of the subject invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, prodrug or solvate thereof ("active ingredient”) with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
  • active ingredient a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, prodrug or solvate thereof
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
  • Formulations of the compounds disclosed herein suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in- water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include tablets, push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • Tablets may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free- flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with binders, inert diluents, or lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration.
  • the push- fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • suitable liquids such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • stabilizers may be added.
  • Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
  • concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • the compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in powder form or in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, saline or sterile pyrogen- free water, immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example, saline or sterile pyrogen- free water
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous and nonaqueous (oily) sterile injection solutions of the active compounds which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, pastilles, or gels formulated in conventional manner.
  • Such compositions may comprise the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
  • the compounds may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, or other glycerides.
  • Certain compounds disclosed herein may be administered topically, that is by non-systemic administration. This includes the application of a compound disclosed herein externally to the epidermis or the buccal cavity and the instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, such that the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream.
  • systemic administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intramuscular administration.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi- liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin to the site of inflammation such as gels, liniments, lotions, creams, ointments or pastes, and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose.
  • the active ingredient for topical administration may comprise, for example, from 0.001% to 10% w/w (by weight) of the formulation. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise as much as 10% w/w. In other embodiments, it may comprise less than 5% w/w. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise from 2% w/w to 5% w/w. In other embodiments, it may comprise from 0.1% to 1% w/w of the formulation.
  • Gels for topical or transdermal administration may comprise, generally, a mixture of volatile solvents, nonvolatile solvents, and water.
  • the volatile solvent component of the buffered solvent system may include lower (Cl- C6) alkyl alcohols, lower alkyl glycols and lower glycol polymers.
  • the volatile solvent is ethanol.
  • the volatile solvent component is thought to act as a penetration enhancer, while also producing a cooling effect on the skin as it evaporates.
  • the nonvolatile solvent portion of the buffered solvent system is selected from lower alkylene glycols and lower glycol polymers. In certain embodiments, propylene glycol is used.
  • the nonvolatile solvent slows the evaporation of the volatile solvent and reduces the vapor pressure of the buffered solvent system.
  • the amount of this nonvolatile solvent component, as with the volatile solvent, is determined by the pharmaceutical compound or drug being used. When too little of the nonvolatile solvent is in the system, the pharmaceutical compound may crystallize due to evaporation of volatile solvent, while an excess may result in a lack of bioavailability due to poor release of drug from solvent mixture.
  • the buffer component of the buffered solvent system may be selected from any buffer commonly used in the art; in certain embodiments, water is used. A common ratio of ingredients is about 20% of the nonvolatile solvent, about 40% of the volatile solvent, and about 40% water.
  • chelators and gelling agents Appropriate gelling agents can include, but are not limited to, semisynthetic cellulose derivatives (such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose) and synthetic polymers, and cosmetic agents.
  • Lotions include those suitable for application to the skin or eye.
  • An eye lotion may comprise a sterile aqueous solution optionally containing a bactericide and may be prepared by methods similar to those for the preparation of drops.
  • Lotions or liniments for application to the skin may also include an agent to hasten drying and to cool the skin, such as an alcohol or acetone, and/or a moisturizer such as glycerol or an oil such as castor oil or arachis oil.
  • Creams, ointments or pastes are semi-solid formulations of the active ingredient for external application. They may be made by mixing the active ingredient in finely-divided or powdered form, alone or in solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous fluid, with the aid of suitable machinery, with a greasy or non-greasy base.
  • the base may comprise hydrocarbons such as hard, soft or liquid paraffin, glycerol, beeswax, a metallic soap; a mucilage; an oil of natural origin such as almond, corn, arachis, castor or olive oil; wool fat or its derivatives or a fatty acid such as stearic or oleic acid together with an alcohol such as propylene glycol or a macrogel.
  • the formulation may incorporate any suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as a sorbitan ester or a polyoxyethylene derivative thereof.
  • Suspending agents such as natural gums, cellulose derivatives or inorganic materials such as silicaceous silicas, and other ingredients such as lanolin, may also be included.
  • Drops may comprise sterile aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution of a bactericidal and/or fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservative, and, in certain embodiments, including a surface active agent.
  • the resulting solution may then be clarified by filtration, transferred to a suitable container which is then sealed and sterilized by autoclaving or maintaining at 98-100 0 C for half an hour.
  • the solution may be sterilized by filtration and transferred to the container by an aseptic technique.
  • bactericidal and fungicidal agents suitable for inclusion in the drops are phenylmercuric nitrate or acetate (0.002%), benzalkonium chloride (0.01%) and chlorhexidine acetate (0.01%).
  • Suitable solvents for the preparation of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
  • Formulations for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, and pastilles comprising the active ingredient in a basis such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia.
  • compounds may be conveniently delivered from an insufflator, nebulizer pressurized packs or other convenient means of delivering an aerosol spray.
  • Pressurized packs may comprise a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • the compounds according to the invention may take the form of a dry powder composition, for example a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the powder composition may be presented in unit dosage form, in for example, capsules, cartridges, gelatin or blister packs from which the powder may be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing an effective dose, as herein below recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • the formulations described above may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • Compounds may be administered orally or via injection at a dose of from 0.1 to 500 mg/kg per day. Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of one or more compounds which is effective at such dosage or as a multiple of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • the compounds can be administered in various modes, e.g. orally, topically, or by injection.
  • the precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the responsibility of the attendant physician.
  • the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diets, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the precise disorder being treated, and the severity of the indication or condition being treated. Also, the route of administration may vary depending on the condition and its severity.
  • one of the side effects experienced by a patient upon receiving one of the compounds herein is hypertension, then it may be appropriate to administer an anti-hypertensive agent in combination with the initial therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may only have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced).
  • the benefit of experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit.
  • increased therapeutic benefit may result by also providing the patient with another therapeutic agent for diabetes.
  • the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
  • Specific, non- limiting examples of possible combination therapies include use of the compounds of the invention with: a) corticosteroids including betamethasone dipropionate (augmented and nonaugemented), betamethasone valerate, clobetasol propionate, diflorasone diacetate, halobetasol propionate, amcinonide, dexosimethasone, fluocinolone acetononide, fluocinonide, halocinonide, clocortalone pivalate, and flurandrenalide; b) non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs including diclofenac, ketoprofen, and piroxicam; c) muscle relaxants and combinations thereof with other agents, including cyclobenzaprine, baclofen, cyclobenzaprine/lidocaine, baclofen/cyclobenzaprine, and cyclobenzaprine/lidocaine/ketoprofen; d) anaesthetic
  • This eutectic mixture has a melting point below room temperature and therefore both local anesthetics exist as a liquid oil rather then as crystals)]; e) expectorants and combinations thereof with other agents, including guaifenesin and guaifenesin/ketoprofen/cyclobenzaprine; f) antidepressants including tricyclic antidepressants (e.g., amitryptiline, doxepin, desipramine, imipramine, amoxapine, clomipramine, nortriptyline, and protriptyline), selective serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors including (e.g., duloxetine and mirtazepine), and selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (e.g., nisoxetine, maprotiline, and reboxetine), selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (e.g., fluoxetine and fluvo
  • the multiple therapeutic agents may be administered in any order or even simultaneously. If simultaneously, the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills). One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may be any duration of time ranging from a few minutes to four weeks.
  • certain embodiments provide methods for treating iNOS-mediated disorders in a human or animal subject in need of such treatment comprising administering to said subject an amount of a compound disclosed herein effective to reduce or prevent said disorder in the subject, in combination with at least one additional agent for the treatment of said disorder that is known in the art.
  • certain embodiments provide therapeutic compositions comprising at least one compound disclosed herein in combination with one or more additional agents for the treatment of iNOS-mediated disorders.
  • Compounds of the subject invention are useful in treating nitric oxide synthase-mediated disease, disorders and conditions, and are particularly suitable as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthase.
  • nitric oxide synthase contributes to the development of neuropathic pain (Levy D, Kubes P, and Zochodne DW, J Neuropathol Exp Neurol. 2001 May;60(5):411-21).
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful to treat patients with neuropathy or inflammatory pain such as reflex sympathetic dystrophy/causalgia (nerve injury), peripheral neuropathy (including diabetic neuropathy; Kern TS, Exp Diabetes Res. 2007;2007:95-103), intractable cancer pain, complex regional pain syndrome, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, HIV neuropathy, or entrapment neuropathy (carpel tunnel syndrome).
  • neuropathy or inflammatory pain such as reflex sympathetic dystrophy/causalgia (nerve injury), peripheral neuropathy (including diabetic neuropathy; Kern TS, Exp Diabetes Res. 2007;2007:95-103), intractable cancer pain, complex regional pain syndrome, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, HIV neuropathy, or entrapment neuropathy (carpel tunnel syndrome).
  • the compounds are also useful in the treatment of pain associated with acute herpes zoster (shingles), postherpetic neuralgia (PHN), and associated pain syndromes such as ocular pain.
  • the compounds are further useful as analgesics in the treatment of pain such
  • Pain indications include, but are not limited to, treatment or prophylaxis of surgical or post-surgical pain for various surgical procedures including amputation, post-cardiac surgery, dental pain/dental extraction, pain resulting from cancer, muscular pain, mastalgia, pain resulting from dermal injuries, lower back pain, headaches of various etiologies, including migraine, and the like.
  • the compounds are also useful for the treatment of pain-related disorders such as tactile allodynia and hyperalgesia.
  • the pain may be somatogenic (either nociceptive or neuropathic), acute and/or chronic.
  • the nitric oxide inhibitors of the subject invention are also useful in conditions where NSAIDs, morphine or fentanyl opiates and/or other opioid analgesics would traditionally be administered.
  • the compounds of the subject invention can be used in the treatment or prevention of opiate tolerance in patients needing protracted opiate analgesics, and benzodiazepine tolerance in patients taking benzodiazepines, and other addictive behavior, for example, nicotine addiction, alcoholism, and eating disorders.
  • the compounds and methods of the present invention are useful in the treatment or prevention of drug withdrawal symptoms, for example treatment or prevention of symptoms of withdrawal from opiate, alcohol, or tobacco addiction.
  • the compounds of the subject invention can be used to treat insulin resistance and other metabolic disorders such as atherosclerosis that are typically associated with an exaggerated inflammatory signaling.
  • the present invention encompasses therapeutic methods using novel selective iNOS inhibitors to treat or prevent respiratory disease or conditions, including therapeutic methods of use in medicine for preventing and treating a respiratory disease or condition including: asthmatic conditions including allergen-induced asthma, exercise-induced asthma, pollution-induced asthma, cold-induced asthma, and viral- induced-asthma; chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases including chronic bronchitis with normal airflow, chronic bronchitis with airway obstruction (chronic obstructive bronchitis), emphysema, asthmatic bronchitis, and bullous disease; and other pulmonary diseases involving inflammation including bronchioectasis cystic fibrosis, pigeon fancier's disease, farmer's lung, acute respiratory distress syndrome, pneumonia, aspiration or inhalation injury, fat embolism in the lung, acidosis inflammation of the lung, acute pulmonary edema, acute mountain sickness, acute pulmonary hypertension, persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn,
  • disorders or conditions which can be advantageously treated by the compounds of the present invention include inflammation.
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful as anti-inflammatory agents with the additional benefit of having significantly less harmful side effects.
  • the compounds are useful to treat arthritis (Cuzzocrea S., Curr Pharm Des. 2006;12(27):3551-70, including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis (Maki-Petaja KM et al, Int J Cardiol. 2008 Jun 18.
  • spondyloarthropathies gouty arthritis
  • osteoarthritis systemic lupus erythematosus, juvenile arthritis, acute rheumatic arthritis, enteropathic arthritis, neuropathic arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, and pyogenic arthritis.
  • the compounds are also useful in treating osteoporosis and other related bone disorders. These compounds can also be used to treat gastrointestinal conditions such as reflux esophagitis, diarrhea, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, gastritis, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, and acute and chronic inflammation of the pancreas.
  • the compounds may also be used in the treatment of pulmonary inflammation, such as that associated with viral infections and cystic fibrosis.
  • compounds of invention are also useful in organ transplant patients either alone or in combination with conventional immunomodulators. Yet further, the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of pruritis and vitaligo.
  • the compounds of the present invention are also useful in treating organ and tissue injury injury associated with severe burns, sepsis, trauma, and hemorrhage- or resuscitation-induced hypotension, and also in such diseases as vascular diseases, migraine headaches, periarteritis nodosa, thyroiditis, aplastic anemia, Hodgkin's disease, sclerodoma, rheumatic fever, type I diabetes, neuromuscular junction disease including myasthenia gravis, white matter disease including multiple sclerosis, sarcoidosis, nephritis, nephrotic syndrome, Behcet's syndrome, polymyositis, gingivitis, periodontis, swelling occurring after injury, ischemias including myocardial ischemia, cardiovascular ischemia, and ischemia secondary to cardiac arrest, and the like.
  • diseases as vascular diseases, migraine headaches, periarteritis nodosa, thyroiditis, aplastic anemia, Hodgkin's
  • the compounds of the subject invention are also be useful for the treatment of certain diseases and disorders of the nervous system.
  • Central nervous system disorders in which nitric oxide inhibition is useful include cortical dementias including Alzheimer's disease, central nervous system damage resulting from stroke, ischemias including cerebral ischemia (both focal ischemia, thrombotic stroke and global ischemia (for example, secondary to cardiac arrest), and trauma.
  • Neurodegenerative disorders in which nitric oxide inhibition is useful include nerve degeneration or nerve necrosis in disorders such as hypoxia, hypoglycemia, epilepsy, and in cases of central nervous system (CNS) trauma (such as spinal cord and head injury), hyperbaric oxygen-induced convulsions and toxicity, dementia e.g.
  • CNS central nervous system
  • pre-senile dementia and AIDS-related dementia, cachexia, Sydenham's chorea, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's Disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Korsakoff s disease, cognitive disorders relating to a cerebral vessel disorder, hypersensitivity, sleeping disorders, schizophrenia, depression, depression or other symptoms associated with Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS), and anxiety.
  • the compounds of the present invention are also useful in inhibiting NO production from L-arginine including systemic hypotension associated with septic and/or toxic hemorrhagic shock induced by a wide variety of agents; therapy with cytokines such as TNF, IL-I and IL-2; and as an adjuvant to short term immunosuppression in transplant therapy. These compounds can also be used to treat allergic rhinitis, respiratory distress syndrome, endotoxic shock syndrome, and atherosclerosis.
  • Still other disorders or conditions advantageously treated by the compounds of the subject invention include the prevention or treatment of hyperproliferative diseases, especially cancers, either alone or incombination of standards of care especially those agents that target tumor growth by re-instating the aberrant apoptotic machinery in the malignant cells.
  • Hematological and non-hematological malignancies which may be treated or prevented include but are not limited to multiple myeloma, acute and chronic leukemias including Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia (ALL), Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia (CLL), and Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia(CLL), lymphomas, including Hodgkin's lymphoma and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (low, intermediate, and high grade), as well as solid tumors and malignancies of the brain, head and neck, breast, lung, reproductive tract, upper digestive tract, pancreas, liver, renal, bladder, prostate and colorectal.
  • the present compounds and methods can also be used to treat the fibrosis, such as that which occurs with radiation therapy.
  • the present compounds and methods can be used to treat subjects having adenomatous polyps, including those with familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP). Additionally, the present compounds and methods can be used to prevent polyps from forming in patients at risk of FAP.
  • FAP familial adenomatous polyposis
  • the compounds of the subject invention can be used in the treatment of ophthalmic diseases, such as glaucoma, retinal ganglion degeneration, ocular ischemia, corneal neovascularization, optic neuritis, retinitis, retinopathies such as glaucomatous retinopathy and/or diabetic retinopathy, uveitis, ocular photophobia, dry eye, Sjogren's syndrome, seasonal and chronic allergic conjunctivitis, and of inflammation and pain associated with chronic ocular disorders and acute injury to the eye tissue.
  • the compounds can also be used to treat post-operative inflammation or pain as from ophthalmic surgery such as cataract surgery and refractive surgery.
  • compounds of the subject invention may be used in the treatment of menstrual cramps, dysmenorrhea, premature labor, tendonitis, bursitis, skin-related conditions such as psoriasis, eczema, burns, sunburn, dermatitis, pancreatitis, hepatitis, and the like.
  • Other conditions in which the compounds of the subject invention provide an advantage in inhibiting nitric oxide inhibition include diabetes (type I or type II), congestive heart failure, myocarditis, atherosclerosis, and aortic aneurysm.
  • the present compounds may also be used in co-therapies, partially or completely, in place of other conventional anti-inflammatory therapies, such as together with steroids, NSAIDs, COX-2 selective inhibitors, 5 -lipoxygenase inhibitors, LTB 4 antagonists and LTA 4 hydrolase inhibitors.
  • the compounds of the subject invention may also be used to prevent tissue damage when therapeutically combined with antibacterial or antiviral agents.
  • certain compounds and formulations disclosed herein may also be useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like. More preferred animals include horses, dogs, and cats.
  • Reagents (a) Xylene, pyridine reflux, 3-18 h. (b) (i) Br 2 , AcOH, 25-50 0 C, 5-18 h. (ii) Acetone, 25°C, 2h. (c) Selectfluor ® , ACN, 60 0 C, 6 h or SO 2 Cl 2 , DCM (20 mL) 0 0 C to RT, 2h. (d) H 2 SO 4 , 40 0 C, 2-18 h. (e) NaH, DMF, RT, 2-18h or 220 0 C, 2-5 min or Propylene glycol 190 0 C, 100 min or sodium bicarbonate, propylene glycol, 100 0 C, 45 min. (f) PPA, 120 0 C, 2h. (g) HATU, DIEA, DMF, RT, 18-3Oh. (h) AcOH, 60 0 C, 18- 4Oh.
  • Reagents (a).(i) m-CPBA, 25°C, 16h. (ii) POCl 3 , 110 0 C, 2h. (b) Dihydropyran, P-TsOH 80 0 C, Ih. (c) Cyclopropylboronic acid, Pd 2 (dba) 3 , C 26 H 36 NP, Cs 2 CO 3 , toluene, 120 0 C, 2h. (d) HCl, Et 2 O, RT, 10 min. (e) NaI , TMSCl, ACN, reflux, 18h. (f) KF, CuI, TMSi-CF 3 , DMF, 55°C, 18h.
  • Reagents (a) Xylene, pyridine reflux, 3-18 h. (b) H 2 SO 4 , 40 0 C, 2-18 h. (c) PCl 5 , POCl 3 , 100 0 C, 2h. (d) MeONa, MeOH, reflux, 6h. (e) NBS, benzoyl peroxide, CCl 4 , refluxed, 24h. (f) NaH, DMF, 25°C, 1-5 h. (g) PPA, 120 0 C, 2h. (h) (i) m-CPBA, 25°C, 16h. (ii) POBr 3 , DCM, 25°C, 4h.
  • PCI5 (1 g) was added to a solution of 7,8-difluoro-4-methylquinolin-2(lH)-one (14 g) in POCI3 (302. Ig) and it was heated to 100 0 C for 2h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and it was washed with NaOH (40%, 2x30 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated to afford 14 g (crude) of 2- chloro-7,8-difluoro-4-methylquinoline as a white solid.
  • Step 1 4-Bromo-2-chloro-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide
  • Step 2 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 3 4-((7-Chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 1 2-Cyclobutyl-N,N-dimethyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine
  • Step 2 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 1 7-Bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine
  • Step 2 4-((7-Br omo-l-cyclobutyl-SH-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoro-2-methoxyquinoline
  • Step 3 4-((7-bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 1 2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H- imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine- 7-carbonitrile
  • Step 2 2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H- imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine- 7-carbonitrile
  • reaction mixture was concentrated to afford 4-((7-(aminomethyl)-2- cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one.
  • Step 3 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 2-(2-Cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-7-yl)isoindoline- 1 ,3-dione
  • Step 3 2-(2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)- 3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-7-yl)isoindoline- 1 ,3-dione
  • Step 4 4-((7- Amino-l-cyclobutyl-SH-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • reaction mixture was purified directly by HPLC (semi-preparative, reverse phase) to afford 4-((7-amino-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one as an oily residue.
  • Step 3 4-((2-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-ethyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 1 7-Chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b] pyridine
  • Step 2 2-Cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b] pyridine
  • Step 4 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)- 7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-isopropyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 3 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(thiazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Step 2 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin- l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Stepl tert-Butyl 3-(3-aminopyrazin-2-ylcarbamoyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
  • tert-Butyl 3-(3-aminopyrazin-2-ylcarbamoyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 1 using l-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azetidine-3- carboxylic acid and pyrazine-2,3-diamine as starting materials.
  • tert-Butyl 3-(lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 2 using tert-butyl 3-(3-aminopyrazin-2- ylcarbamoyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate as the starting material.
  • Step 3 tert-Butyl 3-(l-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 niL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-(l-((7,8-difluoro- 2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l- carboxylate (65 mg, 0.14 mmol) and dichloromethane (3 mL) at RT. After 40 min, the solution was concentrated and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (9:1 ⁇ 3:2; water :acetonitrile).
  • Step 3 4-((2-Cyclopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • Stepl 7V-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)-3-cyclopropylpropanamide
  • Step 3 4-((2-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
  • SMILES Simplified Molecular Input Line Entry System
  • SMILES is a modern chemical notation system, developed by David Weininger and Daylight Chemical Information Systems, Inc., that is built into all major commercial chemical structure drawing software packages. Software is not needed to interpret SMILES text strings, and an explanation of how to translate SMILES into structures can be found in Weininger, D., J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci. 1988, 28, 31-36. AU SMILES strings used herein, as well as many IUPAC names, were generated using CambridgeSoft's ChemDraw 10.0.
  • the source of nitric oxide synthase (NOS) enzyme can be generated in several ways including induction of endogenous iNOS using cytokines and/or lipopolysaccharide (LPS) in various cell types known in the art.
  • the gene encoding the enzyme can be cloned and the enzyme can be generated in cells via heterologous expression from a transient or stable expression plasmid with suitable features for protein expression as are known in the art.
  • Enzymatic activity (nitric oxide production) is calcium independent for iNOS, while the constitutive NOS isoforms, nNOS and eNOS, become active with the addition of various cofactors added to cellular media or extract as are well known in the art.
  • Enzymes specified in Table 1 were expressed in HEK293 cells transiently transfected with human iNOS.
  • nitrate and nitrite are stable metabolites within tissue culture, tissue, plasma, and urine (S Moncada, A Higgs, N Eng J Med 329, 2002 (1993)). Tracer studies in humans have demonstrated that perhaps 50% of the total body nitrate/nitrite originates from the substrate for NO synthesis, L-arginine (PM Rhodes, AM Leone, PL Francis, AD Struthers, S Moncada, Biomed Biophys Res. Commun. 209, 590 (1995); L. Castillo et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90, 193 (1993).
  • nitrate and nitrite are not measures of biologically active NO, plasma and urine samples obtained from subjects after a suitable period of fasting, and optionally after administration of a controlled diet (low nitrate/low arginine), allow the use of nitrate and nitrite as an index of NO activity (C Baylis, P Vallance, Curr Opin Nephrol Hypertens 7, 59 (1998)).
  • the level of nitrate or nitrite in the specimen can be quantified by any method known in the art which provides adequate sensitivity and reproducibility.
  • a variety of protocols have also been described for detecting and quantifying nitrite and nitrate levels in biological fluids by ion chromatography (e.g., SA Everett et al., J. Chromatogr. 706, 437 (1995); JM Monaghan et al., J. Chromatogr. 770, 143 (1997)), high-performance liquid chromatography (e.g., M KeIm et al., Cardiovasc. Res. 41, 765 (1999)), and capillary electrophoresis (MA Friedberg et al., J.
  • DAN 2,3-diaminonaphthalene
  • DAN 2,3-diaminonaphthalene
  • researchers have developed a rapid, quantitative fluorometric assay that can detect from 10 nM to 10 ⁇ M nitrite and is compatible with a multi-well microplate format.
  • DAN is a highly selective photometric and fluorometric reagent for Se and nitrite ion.
  • a specimen can be processed prior to determination of nitrate or nitrite as required by the quantification method, or in order to improve the results, or for the convenience of the investigator.
  • processing can involve centrifuging, filtering, or homogenizing the sample. If the sample is whole blood, the blood can be centrifuged to remove cells and the nitrate or nitrite assay performed on the plasma or serum fraction. If the sample is tissue, the tissue can be dispersed or homogenized by any method known in the art prior to determination of nitrate or nitrite.
  • nitrate or nitrite level may be determined using only the fluid portion of the sample, or the extracellular fluid fraction of the sample.
  • the sample can also be preserved for later determination, for example by freezing of urine or plasma samples.
  • additives may be introduced into the specimen to preserve or improve its characteristics for use in the nitrate or nitrite assay.
  • the "level" of nitrate, nitrite, or other NO-related product usually refers to the concentration (in moles per liter, micromoles per liter, or other suitable units) of nitrate or nitrite in the specimen, or in the fluid portion of the specimen.
  • concentration in moles per liter, micromoles per liter, or other suitable units
  • other units of measure can also be used to express the level of nitrate or nitrite.
  • an absolute amount in micrograms, milligrams, nanomoles, moles, or other suitable units
  • a number of commercially available kits can be used. In certain instances two regioisomers correspond to a single example #, whereby the example # is given in Table 1 with two hiNOS activity values respectively.
  • Liver microsomes are subcellular fractions that contain drug-metabolizing enzymes including the cytochrome P450s (CYPs), flavin monooxygenases and UDP glucuronyl transferases. These enzymes require exogenous cofactors for activity in this test system.
  • the co-factors used consist of an NADPH regenerating system (supporting Phase I oxidation) and UDP-GA (supporting Phase II glucuronidation).
  • the following protocol, employing murine liver microsomes may be used to determine the in vitro metabolic stability of compounds in terms of half life. Preparation:
  • Potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 (incubation buffer) was prepared from 110 mL IM KPO 4 monobasic and 390 mL of IM KPO 4 dibasic (500 mL total volume), which was diluted with water to 100 mM prior to addition ofl mM EDTA, 3 niM MgCl 2 and 1.25 niM D-saccharic acid 1,4-lactone monohydrate. May be stored for up to one month at 4°C.
  • Incubation buffer was prepared from 110 mL IM KPO 4 monobasic and 390 mL of IM KPO 4 dibasic (500 mL total volume), which was diluted with water to 100 mM prior to addition ofl mM EDTA, 3 niM MgCl 2 and 1.25 niM D-saccharic acid 1,4-lactone monohydrate. May be stored for up to one month at 4°C.
  • Incubation buffer was prepared from 110 mL IM KPO 4 mono
  • Liver microsomes male CD-I mouse liver microsomes from, e.g., BD Gentest, Woburn, MA; may be stored at -70 0 C until use) at a concentration of 20 mg/mL were diluted to 5 mg/mL in incubation buffer in a separate tube.
  • a NADPH-generating system was prepared by combining one aliquot each of the following premade ingredients:
  • test articles were 5 ⁇ M, and final concentration of DMSO solvent in the incubation were 0.4% (v/v).
  • Metabolic stability was determined based on disappearance half-life. The percent (%) test article remaining was determined at each incubation time-point, relative to the zero-time sample. These results were transformed by natural log, such that first-order decline of substrate concentrations with time produced a straight line. This line was fit with a standard linear regression algorithm, and the slope determined. If data points suggested higher order elimination kinetics (non linear), then the earliest data points were used for slope calculation. Disappearance half-life in minutes (Ty 2 ) was calculated by multiplying the inverse of this slope by the natural log of 2 (InT).
  • Inhibition of induction of iNOS can be quantified via the LPS challenge. Inflammation, edema, and the onset of sepsis can be observed following an injection of lipopolysaccharide (LPS), a substance produced by Gram-negative bacteria. Injection of LPS has been shown to induce iNOS transcription, leading to measureable increases in both iNOS and NO.
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • the level of nitric oxide in the specimen can be quantified by correlation with plasma nitrate or nitrite levels via chemiluminescence, fluorescence, spectophotometric assays, or by any method known in the art which provides adequate sensitivity and reproducibility, including those described above.
  • Rats Male Lewis rats weighing 150-250 g are often used in the studies. Rats may be fasted for up to 16 hours prior to the administration of LPS. Free access to water is maintained. Test compounds are administered with LPS or alone. Compounds are dissolved in the vehicle of 0.5% methycele/0.025% Tween 20 or 20% encapsin for oral administration. For the intravenous dosing, compounds are dissolved in saline or 0.5-3%DMSO/20% encapsin. Compounds may also be dissolved in 10% stock solution of 90% PGE-400, 5% Tween 80, 5%PVP + 90% CMC. The dosing volumes are 1-2 ml for oral and 0.3-1 ml for intravenous administration.
  • LPS is injected intravenously (under anesthesia) or intraperitoneally in sterile 0.9% saline (sodium chloride) at a dose between 0.1-10 mg/kg in a volume not excess to 1 ml.
  • the needle is 26-30 gauge.
  • rats usually exhibit flu-like symptoms, principally involving lack of activity and diarrhea.
  • rats are sacrificed 1.5-6 hr after LPS injection and a terminal bleeding is performed under anesthesia to collect 1-3 ml blood samples and then animals are then euthanized by CO 2 .
  • mice instead of rats were adapted from the methods disclosed above, adjusting for species and weight differences, for example, using modifications well known in the art. Compounds were administered at 30 mpk. Results as percent inhibition are shown below in Table 3, wherein ND indicates "no data.” Table 3. Inhibition of Inflammation

Abstract

Novel Quinolone derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions, certain of which have been found to inhibit inducible NOS synthase have been discovered, together with methods of synthesizing and using the compounds including methods for the treatment of iNOS-mediated diseases in a patient by administering the compounds.

Description

HETEROBICYCLIC-SUBSTITUTED QUINOLONES USEFUL AS NITRIC
OXIDE SYNTHASE INHIBITORS
[001] This application claims the benefit of priority of United States provisional applications No. 60/968,158, filed August 27, 2007 and 61/053,709, filed May 16, 2008, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference as if written herein in their entireties.
[002] Disclosed herein are new heterobicyclic-substituted quinolone compounds and compositions and their application as pharmaceuticals for the treatment of disease. Methods of inhibition of nitric oxide synthase activity in a human or animal subject are also provided for the treatment disease.
[003] Nitric oxide (NO) is involved in the regulation of many physiological processes as well as the pathophysiology of a number of diseases. It is synthesized enzymatically from L-arginine in numerous tissues and cell types by three distinct isoforms of the enzyme NO synthase (NOS). Two of these isoforms, endothelial NOS (eNOS) and neuronal NOS (nNOS) are expressed in a constitutive manner and are calcium/calmodulin dependent. Endothelial NOS is expressed by endothelium and other cell types and is involved in cardiovascular homeostasis. Neuronal NOS is constitutively present in both the central and peripheral nervous system where NO acts a neurotransmitter. Under normal physiological conditions, these constitutive forms of NOS generate low, transient levels of NO in response to increases in intracellular calcium concentrations. These low levels of NO act to regulate blood pressure, platelet adhesion, gastrointestinal motility, bronchomotor tone and neurotransmission. [004] In contrast, the third isoform of NOS, inducible NOS (iNOS), a virtually calcium independent enzyme, is absent in resting cells, but is rapidly expressed in virtually all nucleated mammalian cells in response to stimuli such as endotoxins and/or cytokines. The inducible isoform is neither stimulated by calcium nor blocked by calmodulin antagonists. It contains several tightly bound co-factors, including FMN, FAD and tetrahydrobiopterin. The inducible isoform of nitric oxide synthase (NOS2 or iNOS) is expressed in virtually all nucleated mammalian cells following exposure to inflammatory cytokines or lipopolysaccharide.
[005] The enzyme iNOS synthase is a homodimer composed of 130 kDa subunits. Each subunit comprises an oxygenase domain and a reductase domain. Importantly, dimerization of the iNOS synthase is required for enzyme activity. If the dimerization mechanism is disrupted, the production of nitric oxide via inducible NOS enzyme is inhibited.
[006] The presence of iNOS in macrophages and lung epithelial cells is significant. Once present, iNOS synthesizes 100-1000 times more NO than the constitutive enzymes synthesize and does so for prolonged periods. This excessive production of NO and resulting NO-derived metabolites (e.g., peroxynitrite) elicit cellular toxicity and tissue damage which contribute to the pathophysiology of a number of diseases, disorders and conditions.
[007] Nitric oxide generated by the inducible form of NOS has also been implicated in the pathogenesis of inflammatory diseases. In experimental animals, hypotension induced by lipopolysaccharide or tumor necrosis factor alpha can be reversed by NOS inhibitors. Conditions which lead to cytokine-induced hypotension include septic shock, hemodialysis and interleukin therapy in cancer patients. An iNOS inhibitor has been shown to be effective in treating cytokine-induced hypotension, inflammatory bowel disease, cerebral ischemia, osteoarthritis, asthma and neuropathies such as diabetic neuropathy and post-herpetic neuralgia. [008] In addition, nitric oxide localized in high amounts in inflamed tissues has been shown to induce pain locally and to enhance central as well as peripheral stimuli. Because nitric oxide produced by an inflammatory response is thought to be synthesized by iNOS, the inhibition of iNOS dimerization produces both prophylactic and remedial analgesia in patients. Nitric oxide and NOS activity and expression have been linked to neuropathic pain and postherpetic neuralgia, as well, conditions for which treatment options have been equivocal at best(Wu CL and Raja SN, J Pain. 2008 Jan;9(l Suppl l):S19-30). Inhibitors of iNOS show promise in the treatment of these debilitating diseases. By way of example, several recent studies in rats administered an iNOS inhibitor demonstrate a role for peripherally-expressed iNOS in pain conditions with an inflammatory component and the potential value of iNOS inhibitors in such conditions. In one, rats administered iNOS inhibitor GW274150 24 hours after Freund's Complete Adjuvant (FCA) injection in the hind paw demonstrated suppressed accumulation of nitrite in the inflamed paw indicating substantial iNOS inhibition and attenuated hypersensitivity to pain and edema in a dose-dependent manner (De Alba J et al, J Pain. 2006 Jan; 120(1 -2): 170-81). In another, evidence for local NOS expression and NO action in the chronic constriction injury (CCI) model of neuropathic pain was demonstrated (Levy D and Zochodne DW, Eur J Neurosci. 1998 May;10(5):1846-55), and administration of GW274150 following chronic constrictive injury surgery reversed significantly the CCI-associated hypersensitivity to pain (De Alba J et al., ] Pain. 2006 Jan; 120(1 -2): 170-81).
[009] INOS-selective and nonselective inhibitors have long been known in the art, and have been investigated for the treatment of iNOS-mediated diseases and conditions including pain, as described above. In situations where the overproduction of nitric oxide is deleterious, it makes logical sense to pursue an inhibitor of iNOS to reduce the production of NO, thereby relieving inflammation, pain, and other NO-mediated diseases. To date, however, no NOS inhibitor has made it to market, for reasons that will not be exhaustively addressed here. The earliest compounds tended to fall in to the category of active-site inhibitors, leading to unacceptable side effects. As the important physiological roles played by the constitutive NOS isoforms, particularly eNOS, became more clear, later compounds were designed to have isoform selectivity to ensure that the inhibition of iNOS has the least possible effect on the activity of eNOS. Other agents failed to have pharmacokinetic properties suitable for orally- administered agents that will have good patient compliance. What is clear is that a need still exists for a selective, effective, pharmacologically appropriate inhibitor of iNOS.
[010] Novel compounds and pharmaceutical compositions, certain of which have been found to inhibit inducible NOS synthase have been discovered, together with methods of synthesizing and using the compounds including methods for the treatment of iNOS-mediated diseases in a patient by administering the compounds. Certain of these compounds have additionally demonstrated efficacy in vivo as anti-inflammatory agents. Finally, certain compounds disclosed herein exhibit good metabolic stability. [Oi l] In certain embodiments of the present invention, compounds have structural Formula I:
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of acyl, alkyl, alkylene, aminoalkyl, amidoalkyl, alkynyl, amido, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, arylamino, arylaminoalkyl, arylthio, carboxy, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylamino, heteroarylaminoalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, hydrazinyl, hydrogen, imino, thio, sulfonate, sulfonylamino and sulfonylaminoalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of acyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkylene, alkylamino, alkynyl, alkylimino, amido, amino, aryl, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, ester, halo, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl and hydrogen, any of which may be optionally substituted; or, alternatively, R2 may combine with R1 to form heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, amino, arylalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, haloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and hydrogen, any of which may be optionally substituted; and
A, B, C and D are each independently selected from the group consisting of acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkylene, alkylamino, alkynyl, amido, amino, aminosulfonyl, aryl, arylalkoxy, arylamino, arylthio, carboxy, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylamino, heterocycloalkyl, hydrazinyl, hydrogen, imino, thio, sulfonate and sulfonylamino, any of which may be optionally substituted; or, alternatively, any two or more A, B, C and D may combine to form aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted. [012] Certain compounds disclosed herein may possess useful iNOS inhibitory activity, and may be used in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition in which iNOS plays an active role. Thus, in broad aspect, the certain embodiments also provide pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds disclosed herein together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as well as methods of making and using the compounds and compositions. Certain embodiments provide methods for inhibiting iNOS. Other embodiments provide methods for treating an iNOS-mediated disorder in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition according to the present invention. Also provided is the use of certain compounds disclosed herein for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of iNOS. [013] In further embodiments, compounds have structural Formula II
Figure imgf000006_0001
II or a salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
X1 is selected from the group consisting of CR4 and N;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of CR5 and N;
X3 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 and N;
R4-R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkoxy, lower alkynyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, (CH2)mOR12, (CH2)mSR13, and (CH2)mN(R14)R15, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -(CH2)n-lower cycloalkyl, -(CH2)n-lower heterocycloalkyl, -(CH2)n-lower aryl, and -(CH2)n-lower heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy;
R8, R9, R10, and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and halogen;
R12 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower heterocycloalkyl, and lower heterocycloalkylalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy;
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower heterocycloalkyl, and lower heterocycloalkylalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; or R14 and R15, together with the atom to which they are attached, may be joined to form an optionally substituted 3- 7 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety; and m and n are independently 0-4.
[014] In further embodiments, R10 and R11 are hydrogen. [015] In further embodiments, [016] In further embodiments :
X2 is CR5; and
X3 is CR6.
[017] In further embodiments, R5 and R6 are hydrogen.
[018] In further embodiments, R9 is selected from the group consisting of fluorine and hydrogen.
[019] In further embodiments, R8 is hydrogen. [020] In further embodiments:
R4 is selected from the croup consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkoxy, (CH2)mOR12, (CH2)mSR13, and (CH2)mN(R14)R15, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; and
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl; or R14 and R15, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, may be joined to form an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety. [021 ] In further embodiments :
R7 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl and -(CH2)n-lower cycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; and n is 0 or 1.
[022] In further embodiments X1 is N. [023] In further embodiments X1 is CH.
[024] In further embodiments is provided a compound selected from the group consisting of Examples 1 to 88 and 90-95.
[025] In further embodiments is provided the use of a compound as recited in Claim 1 as a medicament.
[026] In further embodiments is provided the use of a compound as recited in Claim 1 as a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of iNOS.
[027] Further provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as recited in Claim 1 together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. [028] Further provided is a method of inhibition of iNOS comprising contacting iNOS with a compound as recited in Claim 1.
[029] Further provided is a method of treatment of a iNOS-mediated disease comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as recited in Claim 1 to a patient in need thereof. [030] Further provided is a method of treatment of a iNOS-mediated disease comprising the administration of: a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as recited in Claim 1; and another therapeutic agent.
[031] As used herein, the terms below have the meanings indicated. [032] When ranges of values are disclosed, and the notation "from ni ... to n2" is used, where ni and n2 are the numbers, then unless otherwise specified, this notation is intended to include the numbers themselves and the range between them. This range may be integral or continuous between and including the end values. By way of example, the range "from 2 to 6 carbons" is intended to include two, three, four, five, and six carbons, since carbons come in integer units. Compare, by way of example, the range "from 1 to 3 μM (micromolar)," which is intended to include 1 μM, 3 μM, and everything in between to any number of significant figures (e.g., 1.255 μM, 2.1 μM, 2.9999 μM, etc.).
[033] The term "about," as used herein, is intended to qualify the numerical values which it modifies, denoting such a value as variable within a margin of error. When no particular margin of error, such as a standard deviation to a mean value given in a chart or table of data, is recited, the term "about" should be understood to mean that range which would encompass the recited value and the range which would be included by rounding up or down to that figure as well, taking into account significant figures.
[034] The term "acyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a carbonyl attached to an alkenyl, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or any other moiety were the atom attached to the carbonyl is carbon. An "acetyl" group refers to a -C(O)CH3 group. An "alkylcarbonyl" or "alkanoyl" group refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group. Examples of such groups include methylcarbonyl and ethylcarbonyl. Examples of acyl groups include formyl, alkanoyl and aroyl.
[035] The term "alkenyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon group having one or more double bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkenyl will comprise from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The term "alkenylene" refers to a carbon-carbon double bond system attached at two or more positions such as ethenylene [(-CH=CH- ),(-C::C-)]. Examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, 2- methylpropenyl, 1 ,4-butadienyl and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the term "alkenyl" may include "alkenylene" groups.
[036] The term "alkoxy," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl ether group, wherein the term alkyl is as defined below. Examples of suitable alkyl ether groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso- butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, and the like.
[037] The term "alkyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be optionally substituted as defined herein. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl, noyl and the like. The term "alkylene," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated aliphatic group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon attached at two or more positions, such as methylene (- CH2-). Unless otherwise specified, the term "alkyl" may include "alkylene" groups. [038] The term "alkylamino," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an amino group. Suitable alkylamino groups may be mono- or dialkylated, forming groups such as, for example, N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N,N-ethylmethylamino and the like.
[039] The term "alkylidene," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkenyl group in which one carbon atom of the carbon-carbon double bond belongs to the moiety to which the alkenyl group is attached.
[040] The term "alkylthio," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl thioether (R-S-) group wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and wherein the sulfur may be singly or doubly oxidized. Examples of suitable alkyl thioether groups include methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, iso- butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfϊnyl, and the like. [041] The term "alkynyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight-chain or branched chain hydrocarbon group having one or more triple bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The term "alkynylene" refers to a carbon-carbon triple bond attached at two positions such as ethynylene (-C:::C-, -C≡C-). Examples of alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1- yl, 3-methylbutyn-l-yl, hexyn-2-yl, and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the term "alkynyl" may include "alkynylene" groups.
[042] The terms "amido" and "carbamoyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to an amino group as described below attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, or vice versa. The term "C-amido" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a -Q=O)-NR2 group with R as defined herein. The term "N-amido" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a RC(=O)NH- group, with R as defined herein. The term "acylamino" as used herein, alone or in combination, embraces an acyl group attached to the parent moiety through an amino group. An example of an "acylamino" group is acetylamino (CH3C(O)NH-). [043] The term "amino," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to — NRR , wherein R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, acyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may themselves be optionally substituted. Additionally, R and R' may combine to form heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted. [044] The term "aryl," as used herein, alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such polycyclic ring systems are fused together. The term "aryl" embraces aromatic groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthryl.
[045] The term "arylalkenyl" or "aralkenyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkenyl group. [046] The term "arylalkoxy" or "aralkoxy," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group.
[047] The term "arylalkyl" or "aralkyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
[048] The term "arylalkynyl" or "aralkynyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkynyl group.
[049] The term "arylalkanoyl" or "aralkanoyl" or "aroyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an acyl group derived from an aryl-substituted alkanecarboxylic acid such as benzoyl, naphthyl, phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl
(hydrocinnamoyl), 4-phenylbutyryl, (2-naphthyl)acetyl, 4-chlorohydrocinnamoyl, and the like.
[050] The term aryloxy as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy.
[051] The terms "benzo" and "benz," as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to the divalent group C6H4= derived from benzene. Examples include benzo thiophene and benzimidazole.
[052] The term "carbamate," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an ester of carbamic acid (-NHCOO-) which may be attached to the parent molecular moiety from either the nitrogen or acid end, and which may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
[053] The term "O-carbamyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a
-OC(O)NRR', group with R and R' as defined herein.
[054] The term "N-carbamyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a
ROC(O)NR'- group, with R and R' as defined herein.
[055] The term "carbonyl," as used herein, when alone includes formyl [-C(O)H] and in combination is a -C(O)- group.
[056] The term "carboxyl" or "carboxy," as used herein, refers to -C(O)OH or the corresponding "carboxylate" anion, such as is in a carboxylic acid salt. An "0-carboxy" group refers to a RC(O)O- group, where R is as defined herein. A
"C-carboxy" group refers to a -C(O)OR groups where R is as defined herein.
[057] The term "cyano," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -CN.
[058] The term "cycloalkyl," or, alternatively, "carbocycle," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic alkyl group wherein each cyclic moiety contains from 3 to 12 carbon atom ring members and which may optionally be a benzo fused ring system which is optionally substituted as defined herein. In certain embodiments, said cycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of such cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, octahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH-indenyl, adamantyl and the like.
"Bicyclic" and "tricyclic" as used herein are intended to include both fused ring systems, such as decahydronaphthalene, octahydronaphthalene as well as the multicyclic (multicentered) saturated or partially unsaturated type. The latter type of isomer is exemplified in general by, bicyclo[l,l,l]pentane, camphor, adamantane, and bicyclo[3,2,l]octane.
[059] The term "ester," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a carboxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
[060] The term "ether," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an oxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
[061] The term "halo," or "halogen," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
[062] The term "haloalkoxy," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a haloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
[063] The term "haloalkyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogens are replaced with a halogen. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl groups. A monohaloalkyl group, for one example, may have an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the group. Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl groups may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo groups.
Examples of haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl. "Haloalkylene" refers to a haloalkyl group attached at two or more positions. Examples include fluoromethylene (-CFH-), difluoromethylene (-CF2 -), chloromethylene (-CHC1-) and the like. [064] The term "heteroalkyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or combinations thereof, fully saturated or containing from 1 to 3 degrees of unsaturation, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH2-NH- OCH3.
[065] The term "heteroaryl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a 3 to 7 membered unsaturated heteromonocyclic ring, or a fused monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system in which at least one of the fused rings is aromatic, which contains at least one atom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N. In certain embodiments, said heteroaryl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms. The term also embraces fused polycyclic groups wherein heterocyclic rings are fused with aryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with other heteroaryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with heterocycloalkyl rings, or wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with cycloalkyl rings. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl, pyranyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, chromonyl, coumarinyl, benzopyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, thienopyridinyl, furopyridinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl and the like. Exemplary tricyclic heterocyclic groups include carbazolyl, benzidolyl, phenanthrolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, acridinyl, phenanthridinyl, xanthenyl and the like. [066] The terms "heterocycloalkyl" and, interchangeably, "heterocycle," as used herein, alone or in combination, each refer to a saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom as a ring member, wherein each said heteroatom may be independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur In certain embodiments, said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members. In further embodiments, said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 2 heteroatoms as ring members. In certain embodiments, said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 8 ring members in each ring. In further embodiments, said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 7 ring members in each ring. In yet further embodiments, said heterocycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 6 ring members in each ring. "Heterocycloalkyl" and "heterocycle" are intended to include sulfones, sulfoxides, N-oxides of tertiary nitrogen ring members, and carbocyclic fused and benzo fused ring systems; additionally, both terms also include systems where a heterocycle ring is fused to an aryl group, as defined herein, or an additional heterocycle group. Examples of heterocycle groups include aziridinyl, azetidinyl, 1,3- benzodioxolyl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrocinnolinyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydro[ 1 ,3]oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihy-dropyridinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, isoindolinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, piperidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and the like. The heterocycle groups may be optionally substituted unless specifically prohibited.
[067] The term "hydrazinyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to two amino groups joined by a single bond, i.e., -N-N-.
[068] The term "hydroxy," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -OH. [069] The term "hydroxyalkyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a hydroxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group. [070] The term "imino," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to =N-. [071] The term "iminohydroxy," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to
=N(OH) and =N-O-.
[072] The phrase "in the main chain" refers to the longest contiguous or adjacent chain of carbon atoms starting at the point of attachment of a group to the compounds of any one of the formulas disclosed herein.
[073] The term "isocyanato" refers to a -NCO group.
[074] The term "isothiocyanato" refers to a -NCS group.
[075] The phrase "linear chain of atoms" refers to the longest straight chain of atoms independently selected from carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
[076] The term "lower," as used herein, alone or in a combination, where not otherwise specifically defined, means containing from 1 to and including 6 carbon atoms.
[077] The term "lower aryl," as used herein, alone or in combination, means phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally substituted as provided.
[078] The term "lower heteroaryl," as used herein, alone or in combination, means either 1) monocyclic heteroaryl comprising five or six ring members, of which between one and four said members may be heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of
O, S, and N, or 2) bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein each of the fused rings comprises five or six ring members, comprising between them one to four heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N.
[079] The term "lower cycloalkyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, means a monocyclic cycloalkyl having between three and six ring members. Lower cycloalkyls may be unsaturated. Examples of lower cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
[080] The term "lower heterocycloalkyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, means a monocyclic heterocycloalkyl having between three and six ring members, of which between one and four may be heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of
O, S, and N. Examples of lower heterocycloalkyls include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholinyl. Lower heterocycloalkyls may be unsaturated. [081] The term "lower amino," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to
— NRR , wherein R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and lower heteroalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted. Additionally, the R and R' of a lower amino group may combine to form a five- or six-membered heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
[082] The term "mercaptyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an
RS- group, where R is as defined herein.
[083] The term "nitro," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -NO2.
[084] The terms "oxy" or "oxa," as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to
-O-.
[085] The term "oxo," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to =0.
[086] The term "perhaloalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
[087] The term "perhaloalkyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
[088] The terms "sulfonate," "sulfonic acid," and "sulfonic," as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to the -SO3H group and its anion as the sulfonic acid is used in salt formation.
[089] The term "sulfanyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -S-.
[090] The term "sulfmyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to
-S(O)-.
[091] The term "sulfonyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -
S(O)2-.
[092] The term "N-sulfonamido" refers to a RS(=O)2NR'- group with R and R' as defined herein.
[093] The term "S-sulfonamido" refers to a -S(=O)2NRR' , group, with R and R' as defined herein.
[094] The terms "thia" and "thio," as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to a -S- group or an ether wherein the oxygen is replaced with sulfur. The oxidized derivatives of the thio group, namely sulfmyl and sulfonyl, are included in the definition of thia and thio. [095] The term "thiol," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an -SH group.
[096] The term "thiocarbonyl," as used herein, when alone includes thioformyl -
C(S)H and in combination is a -C(S)- group.
[097] The term "N-thiocarbamyl" refers to an ROC(S)NR'- group, with R and R' as defined herein.
[098] The term "O-thiocarbamyl" refers to a -OC(S)NRR', group with R and R' as defined herein.
[099] The term "thiocyanato" refers to a -CNS group.
[0100] The term "trihalomethoxy" refers to a X3CO- group where X is a halogen.
[0101] The term "trisubstituted silyl," as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a silicone group substituted at its three free valences with groups as listed herein under the definition of substituted amino. Examples include trimethysilyl, tert- butyldimethylsilyl, triphenylsilyl and the like.
[0102] Any definition herein may be used in combination with any other definition to describe a composite structural group. By convention, the trailing element of any such definition is that which attaches to the parent moiety. For example, the composite group alkylamido would represent an alkyl group attached to the parent molecule through an amido group, and the term alkoxyalkyl would represent an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecule through an alkyl group.
[0103] When a group is defined to be "null," what is meant is that said group is absent.
[0104] The term "optionally substituted" means the anteceding group may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituents of an "optionally substituted" group may include, without limitation, one or more substituents independently selected from the following groups or a particular designated set of groups, alone or in combination: lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkanoyl, lower heteroalkyl, lower heterocycloalkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkenyl, lower haloalkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower perhaloalkoxy, lower cycloalkyl, phenyl, aryl, aryloxy, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy, oxo, lower acyloxy, carbonyl, carboxyl, lower alkylcarbonyl, lower carboxyester, lower carboxamido, cyano, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, arylamino, amido, nitro, thiol, lower alkylthio, lower haloalkylthio, lower perhaloalkylthio, arylthio, sulfonate, sulfonic acid, trisubstituted silyl, N3, SH, SCH3, C(O)CH3, CO2CH3, CO2H, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, lower carbamate, and lower urea. Two substituents may be joined together to form a fused five-, six-, or seven-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring consisting of zero to three heteroatoms, for example forming methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy. An optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., -CH2CH3), fully substituted (e.g., -CF2CF3), monosubstituted (e.g., -CH2CH2F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and monosubstituted (e.g., -CH2CF3). Where substituents are recited without qualification as to substitution, both substituted and unsubstituted forms are encompassed. Where a substituent is qualified as "substituted," the substituted form is specifically intended. Additionally, different sets of optional substituents to a particular moiety may be defined as needed; in these cases, the optional substitution will be as defined, often immediately following the phrase, "optionally substituted with."
[0105] The term R or the term R' , appearing by itself and without a number designation, unless otherwise defined, refers to a moiety selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted. Such R and R' groups should be understood to be optionally substituted as defined herein. Whether an R group has a number designation or not, every R group, including R, R' and Rn where n=(l, 2, 3, ...n), every substituent, and every term should be understood to be independent of every other in terms of selection from a group. Should any variable, substituent, or term (e.g. aryl, heterocycle, R, etc.) occur more than one time in a formula or generic structure, its definition at each occurrence is independent of the definition at every other occurrence. Those of skill in the art will further recognize that certain groups may be attached to a parent molecule or may occupy a position in a chain of elements from either end as written. Thus, by way of example only, an unsymmetrical group such as -C(O)N(R)- may be attached to the parent moiety at either the carbon or the nitrogen. [0106] Asymmetric centers exist in the compounds disclosed herein. These centers are designated by the symbols "R" or "S," depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom. It should be understood that the invention encompasses all stereochemical isomeric forms, including diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms, as well as d-isomers and 1 -isomers, and mixtures thereof. Individual stereoisomers of compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain chiral centers or by preparation of mixtures of enantiomeric products followed by separation such as conversion to a mixture of diastereomers followed by separation or recrystallization, chromatographic techniques, direct separation of enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns, or any other appropriate method known in the art. Starting compounds of particular stereochemistry are either commercially available or can be made and resolved by techniques known in the art. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein may exist as geometric isomers. The present invention includes all cis, trans, syn, anti, entgegen (E), and zusammen (Z) isomers as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Additionally, compounds may exist as tautomers; all tautomeric isomers are provided by this invention. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms.
[0107] The term "bond" refers to a covalent linkage between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure. A bond may be single, double, or triple unless otherwise specified. A dashed line between two atoms in a drawing of a molecule indicates that an additional bond may be present or absent at that position.
[0108] The term "disease" as used herein is intended to be generally synonymous, and is used interchangeably with, the terms "disorder" and "condition" (as in medical condition), in that all reflect an abnormal condition of the human or animal body or of one of its parts that impairs normal functioning, is typically manifested by distinguishing signs and symptoms, and causes the human or animal to have a reduced duration or quality of life. [0109] The term "combination therapy" means the administration of two or more therapeutic agents to treat a therapeutic condition or disorder described in the present disclosure. Such administration encompasses co-administration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each active ingredient. In addition, such administration also encompasses use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner. In either case, the treatment regimen will provide beneficial effects of the drug combination in treating the conditions or disorders described herein.
[0110] "iNOS inhibitor" is used herein to refer to a compound that exhibits an IC50 with respect to iNOS activity of no more than about 100 μM and more typically not more than about 50 μM, as measured in the iNOS assay described generally hereinbelow. "IC50" is that concentration of inhibitor which reduces the activity of an enzyme (e.g., iNOS) to half-maximal level. Certain compounds disclosed herein have been discovered to exhibit inhibition against iNOS. In certain embodiments, compounds will exhibit an EC50 with respect to iNOS of no more than about 10 μM; in further embodiments, compounds will exhibit an EC50 with respect to iNOS of no more than about 5 μM; in yet further embodiments, compounds will exhibit an EC50 with respect to iNOS of not more than about 1 μM; in yet further embodiments, compounds will exhibit an EC50 with respect to iNOS of not more than about 200 nM, as measured in the iNOS assay described herein.
[0111] The phrase "therapeutically effective" is intended to qualify the amount of active ingredients used in the treatment of a disease or disorder. This amount will achieve the goal of reducing or eliminating the said disease or disorder. [0112] The term "therapeutically acceptable" refers to those compounds (or salts, prodrugs, tautomers, zwitterionic forms, etc.) which are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without undue toxicity, irritation, and allergic response, are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use.
[0113] As used herein, reference to "treatment" of a patient is intended to include prophylaxis. The term "patient" means all mammals including humans. Examples of patients include humans, cows, dogs, cats, goats, sheep, pigs, and rabbits. Preferably, the patient is a human.
[0114] The term "prodrug" refers to a compound that is made more active in vivo. Certain compounds disclosed herein may also exist as prodrugs, as described in Hydrolysis in Drug and Prodrug Metabolism : Chemistry, Biochemistry, and Enzymology (Testa, Bernard and Mayer, Joachim M. Wiley- VHC A, Zurich, Switzerland 2003). Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are structurally modified forms of the compound that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compound. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compound by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to a compound when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the compound, or parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent drug is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. A wide variety of prodrug derivatives are known in the art, such as those that rely on hydrolytic cleavage or oxidative activation of the prodrug. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound which is administered as an ester (the "prodrug"), but then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity. Additional examples include peptidyl derivatives of a compound.
[0115] The compounds disclosed herein can exist as therapeutically acceptable salts. The present invention includes compounds listed above in the form of salts, including acid addition salts. Suitable salts include those formed with both organic and inorganic acids. Such acid addition salts will normally be pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts of non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be of utility in the preparation and purification of the compound in question. Basic addition salts may also be formed and be pharmaceutically acceptable. For a more complete discussion of the preparation and selection of salts, refer to Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use (Stahl, P. Heinrich. Wiley- VCHA, Zurich, Switzerland, 2002). [0116] The term "therapeutically acceptable salt," as used herein, represents salts or zwitterionic forms of the compounds disclosed herein which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible and therapeutically acceptable as defined herein. The salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with a suitable acid. Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, L-ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate (besylate), bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, digluconate, formate, fumarate, gentisate, glutarate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethansulfonate (isethionate), lactate, maleate, malonate, DL-mandelate, mesitylenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylproprionate, phosphonate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, pyroglutamate, succinate, sulfonate, tartrate, L-tartrate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, phosphate, glutamate, bicarbonate, para-toluenesulfonate (p-tosylate), and undecanoate. Also, basic groups in the compounds disclosed herein can be quaternized with methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates; decyl, lauryl, myristyl, and steryl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; and benzyl and phenethyl bromides. Examples of acids which can be employed to form therapeutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, and phosphoric, and organic acids such as oxalic, maleic, succinic, and citric. Salts can also be formed by coordination of the compounds with an alkali metal or alkaline earth ion. Hence, the present invention contemplates sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium salts of the compounds disclosed herein, and the like.
[0117] Basic addition salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds by reacting a carboxy group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. The cations of therapeutically acceptable salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum, as well as nontoxic quaternary amine cations such as ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N- methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine, NN-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine, and NN-dibenzylethylenediamine. Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, and piperazine. [0118] While it may be possible for the compounds of the subject invention to be administered as the raw chemical, it is also possible to present them as a pharmaceutical formulation. Accordingly, provided herein are pharmaceutical formulations which comprise one or more of certain compounds disclosed herein, or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, prodrugs, amides, or solvates thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers thereof and optionally one or more other therapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients may be used as suitable and as understood in the art; e.g., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be manufactured in any manner known in the art, e.g. , by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes. [0119] The formulations include those suitable for oral, parenteral (including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarticular, and intramedullary), intraperitoneal, transmucosal, transdermal, rectal and topical (including dermal, buccal, sublingual and intraocular) administration although the most suitable route may depend upon for example the condition and disorder of the recipient. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Typically, these methods include the step of bringing into association a compound of the subject invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide, prodrug or solvate thereof ("active ingredient") with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
[0120] Formulations of the compounds disclosed herein suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in- water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste. [0121] Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include tablets, push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Tablets may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free- flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with binders, inert diluents, or lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration. The push- fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. [0122] The compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in powder form or in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, saline or sterile pyrogen- free water, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
[0123] Formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous and nonaqueous (oily) sterile injection solutions of the active compounds which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. [0124] In addition to the formulations described previously, the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
[0125] For buccal or sublingual administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, pastilles, or gels formulated in conventional manner. Such compositions may comprise the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
[0126] The compounds may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, or other glycerides.
[0127] Certain compounds disclosed herein may be administered topically, that is by non-systemic administration. This includes the application of a compound disclosed herein externally to the epidermis or the buccal cavity and the instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, such that the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream. In contrast, systemic administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intramuscular administration.
[0128] Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi- liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin to the site of inflammation such as gels, liniments, lotions, creams, ointments or pastes, and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose. The active ingredient for topical administration may comprise, for example, from 0.001% to 10% w/w (by weight) of the formulation. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise as much as 10% w/w. In other embodiments, it may comprise less than 5% w/w. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient may comprise from 2% w/w to 5% w/w. In other embodiments, it may comprise from 0.1% to 1% w/w of the formulation.
[0129] Gels for topical or transdermal administration may comprise, generally, a mixture of volatile solvents, nonvolatile solvents, and water. In certain embodiments, the volatile solvent component of the buffered solvent system may include lower (Cl- C6) alkyl alcohols, lower alkyl glycols and lower glycol polymers. In further embodiments, the volatile solvent is ethanol. The volatile solvent component is thought to act as a penetration enhancer, while also producing a cooling effect on the skin as it evaporates. The nonvolatile solvent portion of the buffered solvent system is selected from lower alkylene glycols and lower glycol polymers. In certain embodiments, propylene glycol is used. The nonvolatile solvent slows the evaporation of the volatile solvent and reduces the vapor pressure of the buffered solvent system. The amount of this nonvolatile solvent component, as with the volatile solvent, is determined by the pharmaceutical compound or drug being used. When too little of the nonvolatile solvent is in the system, the pharmaceutical compound may crystallize due to evaporation of volatile solvent, while an excess may result in a lack of bioavailability due to poor release of drug from solvent mixture. The buffer component of the buffered solvent system may be selected from any buffer commonly used in the art; in certain embodiments, water is used. A common ratio of ingredients is about 20% of the nonvolatile solvent, about 40% of the volatile solvent, and about 40% water. There are several optional ingredients which can be added to the topical composition. These include, but are not limited to, chelators and gelling agents. Appropriate gelling agents can include, but are not limited to, semisynthetic cellulose derivatives (such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose) and synthetic polymers, and cosmetic agents.
[0130] Lotions include those suitable for application to the skin or eye. An eye lotion may comprise a sterile aqueous solution optionally containing a bactericide and may be prepared by methods similar to those for the preparation of drops. Lotions or liniments for application to the skin may also include an agent to hasten drying and to cool the skin, such as an alcohol or acetone, and/or a moisturizer such as glycerol or an oil such as castor oil or arachis oil.
[0131] Creams, ointments or pastes are semi-solid formulations of the active ingredient for external application. They may be made by mixing the active ingredient in finely-divided or powdered form, alone or in solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous fluid, with the aid of suitable machinery, with a greasy or non-greasy base. The base may comprise hydrocarbons such as hard, soft or liquid paraffin, glycerol, beeswax, a metallic soap; a mucilage; an oil of natural origin such as almond, corn, arachis, castor or olive oil; wool fat or its derivatives or a fatty acid such as stearic or oleic acid together with an alcohol such as propylene glycol or a macrogel. The formulation may incorporate any suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as a sorbitan ester or a polyoxyethylene derivative thereof. Suspending agents such as natural gums, cellulose derivatives or inorganic materials such as silicaceous silicas, and other ingredients such as lanolin, may also be included.
[0132] Drops may comprise sterile aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution of a bactericidal and/or fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservative, and, in certain embodiments, including a surface active agent. The resulting solution may then be clarified by filtration, transferred to a suitable container which is then sealed and sterilized by autoclaving or maintaining at 98-1000C for half an hour. Alternatively, the solution may be sterilized by filtration and transferred to the container by an aseptic technique. Examples of bactericidal and fungicidal agents suitable for inclusion in the drops are phenylmercuric nitrate or acetate (0.002%), benzalkonium chloride (0.01%) and chlorhexidine acetate (0.01%). Suitable solvents for the preparation of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol. [0133] Formulations for topical administration in the mouth, for example buccally or sublingually, include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth, and pastilles comprising the active ingredient in a basis such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia.
[0134] For administration by inhalation, compounds may be conveniently delivered from an insufflator, nebulizer pressurized packs or other convenient means of delivering an aerosol spray. Pressurized packs may comprise a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Alternatively, for administration by inhalation or insufflation, the compounds according to the invention may take the form of a dry powder composition, for example a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. The powder composition may be presented in unit dosage form, in for example, capsules, cartridges, gelatin or blister packs from which the powder may be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator. [0135] Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing an effective dose, as herein below recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient. [0136] It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations described above may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents. [0137] Compounds may be administered orally or via injection at a dose of from 0.1 to 500 mg/kg per day. Tablets or other forms of presentation provided in discrete units may conveniently contain an amount of one or more compounds which is effective at such dosage or as a multiple of the same, for instance, units containing 5 mg to 500 mg, usually around 10 mg to 200 mg.
[0138] The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
[0139] The compounds can be administered in various modes, e.g. orally, topically, or by injection. The precise amount of compound administered to a patient will be the responsibility of the attendant physician. The specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diets, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the precise disorder being treated, and the severity of the indication or condition being treated. Also, the route of administration may vary depending on the condition and its severity. [0140] In certain instances, it may be appropriate to administer at least one of the compounds described herein (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof) in combination with another therapeutic agent. By way of example only, if one of the side effects experienced by a patient upon receiving one of the compounds herein is hypertension, then it may be appropriate to administer an anti-hypertensive agent in combination with the initial therapeutic agent. Or, by way of example only, the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein may be enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant may only have minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced). Or, by way of example only, the benefit of experienced by a patient may be increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another therapeutic agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit. By way of example only, in a treatment for diabetes involving administration of one of the compounds described herein, increased therapeutic benefit may result by also providing the patient with another therapeutic agent for diabetes. In any case, regardless of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, the overall benefit experienced by the patient may simply be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
[0141] Specific, non- limiting examples of possible combination therapies include use of the compounds of the invention with: a) corticosteroids including betamethasone dipropionate (augmented and nonaugemented), betamethasone valerate, clobetasol propionate, diflorasone diacetate, halobetasol propionate, amcinonide, dexosimethasone, fluocinolone acetononide, fluocinonide, halocinonide, clocortalone pivalate, and flurandrenalide; b) non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs including diclofenac, ketoprofen, and piroxicam; c) muscle relaxants and combinations thereof with other agents, including cyclobenzaprine, baclofen, cyclobenzaprine/lidocaine, baclofen/cyclobenzaprine, and cyclobenzaprine/lidocaine/ketoprofen; d) anaesthetics and combinations thereof with other agents, including lidocaine, lidocaine/deoxy-D- glucose (an antiviral), prilocaine, and EMLA Cream [Eutectic Mixture of Local Anesthetics (lidocaine 2.5% and prilocaine 2.5%; an emulsion in which the oil phase is a eutectic mixture of lidocaine and prilocaine in a ratio of 1 : 1 by weight. This eutectic mixture has a melting point below room temperature and therefore both local anesthetics exist as a liquid oil rather then as crystals)]; e) expectorants and combinations thereof with other agents, including guaifenesin and guaifenesin/ketoprofen/cyclobenzaprine; f) antidepressants including tricyclic antidepressants (e.g., amitryptiline, doxepin, desipramine, imipramine, amoxapine, clomipramine, nortriptyline, and protriptyline), selective serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors including (e.g., duloxetine and mirtazepine), and selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (e.g., nisoxetine, maprotiline, and reboxetine), selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (e.g., fluoxetine and fluvoxamine); g) anticonvulsants and combinations thereof, including gabapentin, carbamazepine, felbamate, lamotrigine, topiramate, tiagabine, oxcarbazepine, carbamezipine, zonisamide, mexiletine, gabapentin/clonidine, gabapentin/carbamazepine, and carbamazepine/cyclobenzaprine; h) antihypertensives including clonidine; i) opioids including loperamide, tramadol, morphine, fentanyl, oxycodone, levorphanol, and butorphanol; j) topical counter-irritants including menthol, oil of wintergreen, camphor, eucalyptus oil and turpentine oil; k) topical cannabinoids including selective and non-selective CB1/CB2 ligands; 1) histamine receptor antagonists including selective and non-selective HiR and H4R ligands; and other agents, such as TRVPl antagonists and capsaicin.
[0142] In any case, the multiple therapeutic agents (at least one of which is a compound disclosed herein) may be administered in any order or even simultaneously. If simultaneously, the multiple therapeutic agents may be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (by way of example only, either as a single pill or as two separate pills). One of the therapeutic agents may be given in multiple doses, or both may be given as multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses may be any duration of time ranging from a few minutes to four weeks. [0143] Thus, in another aspect, certain embodiments provide methods for treating iNOS-mediated disorders in a human or animal subject in need of such treatment comprising administering to said subject an amount of a compound disclosed herein effective to reduce or prevent said disorder in the subject, in combination with at least one additional agent for the treatment of said disorder that is known in the art. In a related aspect, certain embodiments provide therapeutic compositions comprising at least one compound disclosed herein in combination with one or more additional agents for the treatment of iNOS-mediated disorders.
[0144] Compounds of the subject invention are useful in treating nitric oxide synthase-mediated disease, disorders and conditions, and are particularly suitable as inhibitors of nitric oxide synthase. A recent study in iNOS knockout mice found that during microvascular changes following injury, axon and myelin breakdown, and "clearance" prior to regeneration, nitric oxide contributes to the development of neuropathic pain (Levy D, Kubes P, and Zochodne DW, J Neuropathol Exp Neurol. 2001 May;60(5):411-21). The compounds of the present invention are useful to treat patients with neuropathy or inflammatory pain such as reflex sympathetic dystrophy/causalgia (nerve injury), peripheral neuropathy (including diabetic neuropathy; Kern TS, Exp Diabetes Res. 2007;2007:95-103), intractable cancer pain, complex regional pain syndrome, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, HIV neuropathy, or entrapment neuropathy (carpel tunnel syndrome). The compounds are also useful in the treatment of pain associated with acute herpes zoster (shingles), postherpetic neuralgia (PHN), and associated pain syndromes such as ocular pain. The compounds are further useful as analgesics in the treatment of pain such as surgical analgesia, or as an antipyretic for the treatment of fever. Pain indications include, but are not limited to, treatment or prophylaxis of surgical or post-surgical pain for various surgical procedures including amputation, post-cardiac surgery, dental pain/dental extraction, pain resulting from cancer, muscular pain, mastalgia, pain resulting from dermal injuries, lower back pain, headaches of various etiologies, including migraine, and the like. The compounds are also useful for the treatment of pain-related disorders such as tactile allodynia and hyperalgesia. The pain may be somatogenic (either nociceptive or neuropathic), acute and/or chronic. The nitric oxide inhibitors of the subject invention are also useful in conditions where NSAIDs, morphine or fentanyl opiates and/or other opioid analgesics would traditionally be administered.
[0145] Furthermore, the compounds of the subject invention can be used in the treatment or prevention of opiate tolerance in patients needing protracted opiate analgesics, and benzodiazepine tolerance in patients taking benzodiazepines, and other addictive behavior, for example, nicotine addiction, alcoholism, and eating disorders. Moreover, the compounds and methods of the present invention are useful in the treatment or prevention of drug withdrawal symptoms, for example treatment or prevention of symptoms of withdrawal from opiate, alcohol, or tobacco addiction. [0146] In addition, the compounds of the subject invention can be used to treat insulin resistance and other metabolic disorders such as atherosclerosis that are typically associated with an exaggerated inflammatory signaling. [0147] The present invention encompasses therapeutic methods using novel selective iNOS inhibitors to treat or prevent respiratory disease or conditions, including therapeutic methods of use in medicine for preventing and treating a respiratory disease or condition including: asthmatic conditions including allergen-induced asthma, exercise-induced asthma, pollution-induced asthma, cold-induced asthma, and viral- induced-asthma; chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases including chronic bronchitis with normal airflow, chronic bronchitis with airway obstruction (chronic obstructive bronchitis), emphysema, asthmatic bronchitis, and bullous disease; and other pulmonary diseases involving inflammation including bronchioectasis cystic fibrosis, pigeon fancier's disease, farmer's lung, acute respiratory distress syndrome, pneumonia, aspiration or inhalation injury, fat embolism in the lung, acidosis inflammation of the lung, acute pulmonary edema, acute mountain sickness, acute pulmonary hypertension, persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn, perinatal aspiration syndrome, hyaline membrane disease, acute pulmonary thromboembolism, heparin-protamine reactions, sepsis, status asthamticus, hypoxia, hyperoxic lung injuries {Respiratory Research 2004, 5:1), and injury induced by inhalation of certain injurious agents including cigarette smoking, leading up to complications thereof such as lung carcinoma.
[0148] Other disorders or conditions which can be advantageously treated by the compounds of the present invention include inflammation. The compounds of the present invention are useful as anti-inflammatory agents with the additional benefit of having significantly less harmful side effects. The compounds are useful to treat arthritis (Cuzzocrea S., Curr Pharm Des. 2006;12(27):3551-70, including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis (Maki-Petaja KM et al, Int J Cardiol. 2008 Jun 18. [Epub ahead of print]), spondyloarthropathies, gouty arthritis, osteoarthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, juvenile arthritis, acute rheumatic arthritis, enteropathic arthritis, neuropathic arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, and pyogenic arthritis. The compounds are also useful in treating osteoporosis and other related bone disorders. These compounds can also be used to treat gastrointestinal conditions such as reflux esophagitis, diarrhea, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, gastritis, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, and acute and chronic inflammation of the pancreas. The compounds may also be used in the treatment of pulmonary inflammation, such as that associated with viral infections and cystic fibrosis. In addition, compounds of invention are also useful in organ transplant patients either alone or in combination with conventional immunomodulators. Yet further, the compounds of the invention are useful in the treatment of pruritis and vitaligo.
[0149] The compounds of the present invention are also useful in treating organ and tissue injury injury associated with severe burns, sepsis, trauma, and hemorrhage- or resuscitation-induced hypotension, and also in such diseases as vascular diseases, migraine headaches, periarteritis nodosa, thyroiditis, aplastic anemia, Hodgkin's disease, sclerodoma, rheumatic fever, type I diabetes, neuromuscular junction disease including myasthenia gravis, white matter disease including multiple sclerosis, sarcoidosis, nephritis, nephrotic syndrome, Behcet's syndrome, polymyositis, gingivitis, periodontis, swelling occurring after injury, ischemias including myocardial ischemia, cardiovascular ischemia, and ischemia secondary to cardiac arrest, and the like.
[0150] The compounds of the subject invention are also be useful for the treatment of certain diseases and disorders of the nervous system. Central nervous system disorders in which nitric oxide inhibition is useful include cortical dementias including Alzheimer's disease, central nervous system damage resulting from stroke, ischemias including cerebral ischemia (both focal ischemia, thrombotic stroke and global ischemia (for example, secondary to cardiac arrest), and trauma. Neurodegenerative disorders in which nitric oxide inhibition is useful include nerve degeneration or nerve necrosis in disorders such as hypoxia, hypoglycemia, epilepsy, and in cases of central nervous system (CNS) trauma (such as spinal cord and head injury), hyperbaric oxygen-induced convulsions and toxicity, dementia e.g. pre-senile dementia, and AIDS-related dementia, cachexia, Sydenham's chorea, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's Disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Korsakoff s disease, cognitive disorders relating to a cerebral vessel disorder, hypersensitivity, sleeping disorders, schizophrenia, depression, depression or other symptoms associated with Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS), and anxiety. [0151] Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention are also useful in inhibiting NO production from L-arginine including systemic hypotension associated with septic and/or toxic hemorrhagic shock induced by a wide variety of agents; therapy with cytokines such as TNF, IL-I and IL-2; and as an adjuvant to short term immunosuppression in transplant therapy. These compounds can also be used to treat allergic rhinitis, respiratory distress syndrome, endotoxic shock syndrome, and atherosclerosis.
[0152] Still other disorders or conditions advantageously treated by the compounds of the subject invention include the prevention or treatment of hyperproliferative diseases, especially cancers, either alone or incombination of standards of care especially those agents that target tumor growth by re-instating the aberrant apoptotic machinery in the malignant cells. Hematological and non-hematological malignancies which may be treated or prevented include but are not limited to multiple myeloma, acute and chronic leukemias including Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia (ALL), Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia (CLL), and Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia(CLL), lymphomas, including Hodgkin's lymphoma and non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (low, intermediate, and high grade), as well as solid tumors and malignancies of the brain, head and neck, breast, lung, reproductive tract, upper digestive tract, pancreas, liver, renal, bladder, prostate and colorectal. The present compounds and methods can also be used to treat the fibrosis, such as that which occurs with radiation therapy. The present compounds and methods can be used to treat subjects having adenomatous polyps, including those with familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP). Additionally, the present compounds and methods can be used to prevent polyps from forming in patients at risk of FAP.
[0153] The compounds of the subject invention can be used in the treatment of ophthalmic diseases, such as glaucoma, retinal ganglion degeneration, ocular ischemia, corneal neovascularization, optic neuritis, retinitis, retinopathies such as glaucomatous retinopathy and/or diabetic retinopathy, uveitis, ocular photophobia, dry eye, Sjogren's syndrome, seasonal and chronic allergic conjunctivitis, and of inflammation and pain associated with chronic ocular disorders and acute injury to the eye tissue. The compounds can also be used to treat post-operative inflammation or pain as from ophthalmic surgery such as cataract surgery and refractive surgery. [0154] Moreover, compounds of the subject invention may be used in the treatment of menstrual cramps, dysmenorrhea, premature labor, tendonitis, bursitis, skin-related conditions such as psoriasis, eczema, burns, sunburn, dermatitis, pancreatitis, hepatitis, and the like. Other conditions in which the compounds of the subject invention provide an advantage in inhibiting nitric oxide inhibition include diabetes (type I or type II), congestive heart failure, myocarditis, atherosclerosis, and aortic aneurysm. [0155] The present compounds may also be used in co-therapies, partially or completely, in place of other conventional anti-inflammatory therapies, such as together with steroids, NSAIDs, COX-2 selective inhibitors, 5 -lipoxygenase inhibitors, LTB4 antagonists and LTA4 hydrolase inhibitors. The compounds of the subject invention may also be used to prevent tissue damage when therapeutically combined with antibacterial or antiviral agents.
[0156] Besides being useful for human treatment, certain compounds and formulations disclosed herein may also be useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like. More preferred animals include horses, dogs, and cats.
[0157] All references, patents or applications, U.S. or foreign, cited in the application are hereby incorporated by reference as if written herein in their entireties. Where any inconsistencies arise, material literally disclosed herein controls.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC METHODS FOR PREPARING COMPOUNDS
[0158] The following schemes can be used to practice the present invention. Scheme 1
Figure imgf000038_0001
Reagents: (a) Xylene, pyridine reflux, 3-18 h. (b) (i) Br2, AcOH, 25-500C, 5-18 h. (ii) Acetone, 25°C, 2h. (c) Selectfluor®, ACN, 600C, 6 h or SO2Cl2, DCM (20 mL) 00C to RT, 2h. (d) H2SO4, 400C, 2-18 h. (e) NaH, DMF, RT, 2-18h or 2200C, 2-5 min or Propylene glycol 190 0C, 100 min or sodium bicarbonate, propylene glycol, 1000C, 45 min. (f) PPA, 1200C, 2h. (g) HATU, DIEA, DMF, RT, 18-3Oh. (h) AcOH, 600C, 18- 4Oh.
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000039_0001
Reagents: (a).(i) m-CPBA, 25°C, 16h. (ii) POCl3, 1100C, 2h. (b) Dihydropyran, P-TsOH 800C, Ih. (c) Cyclopropylboronic acid, Pd2(dba)3, C26H36NP, Cs2CO3, toluene, 1200C, 2h. (d) HCl, Et2O, RT, 10 min. (e) NaI , TMSCl, ACN, reflux, 18h. (f) KF, CuI, TMSi-CF3, DMF, 55°C, 18h. (g) Isopropylzinc bromide, Pd(PPh3 )4, THF, reflux, 18h or Et2Zn, Pd(dppf)Cl2i 1 ,4-dioxane, reflux, 18h. (h) p-Methoxybenzylamine, 1000C, 72h. (i) (i) HBr/AcOH, 18h, 50 0C. (ii) Succinic anhydride, NMP (2 niL), 2000C (MW), 30 min. (j) Riov-NH-Rios, 70-1100C, 24h. (k) NaH, DMF, RT, 2-18h or 2200C, 2-5 min or Propylene glycol 190 0C, 100 min or sodium bicarbonate, propylene glycol, 1000C, 45 min. (1) Hydrazine hydrate, EtOH, RT, 4.5 h.
[0159] Scheme 3
Figure imgf000041_0001
Reagents: (a) Xylene, pyridine reflux, 3-18 h. (b) H2SO4, 400C, 2-18 h. (c) PCl5, POCl3, 1000C, 2h. (d) MeONa, MeOH, reflux, 6h. (e) NBS, benzoyl peroxide, CCl4, refluxed, 24h. (f) NaH, DMF, 25°C, 1-5 h. (g) PPA, 1200C, 2h. (h) (i) m-CPBA, 25°C, 16h. (ii) POBr3, DCM, 25°C, 4h. (i) THF/H2O/cHCl, 600C, 18h. (j) Pd(0)(tBu3P)2 , Zn(CN)2, DMA, 1100C, 24h. (k) Pd/C, H2 (50 psi), AcOH, 1 h.
SYNTHESIS OF INTERMEDIATES
INTERMEDIATE 1 4-(Bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000042_0001
N-(2,3-Difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide
Figure imgf000042_0002
A solution of methyl 3-oxobutanoate (300 g, 2.4 mol) in xylene/pyridine (900mL/20mL) was heated to gentle reflux for 0.5h. Then 2,3-difluoroaniline (145 g, 1.1 mol) was added dropwise into above reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred at reflux for 3Oh. No further progress was observed by HPLC at this point. The solution was allowed to cool and was extracted with 500 mL 20% aqueous NaOH. At this point precipitated salts were removed by filtration. The aqueous layer was separated and made weakly acidic with concentrated HCl. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and air dried to give 149 g (62%) of N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide as a brown solid, 90% pure by HPLC. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.48 (s, IH), 8.10 (m, IH), 7.04 (m, IH), 6.92 (m, IH), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
Step 2: 4-Bromo-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide
Figure imgf000042_0003
To a solution of N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide (111 g, .52 mol) in AcOH (500 niL) was added dropwise Br2 (80 rnL, 1.5 mol). The mixture was stirred for 22h at RT. To it was then added 50 mL acetone. Once the reaction was complete by HPLC, to the mixture was added dropwise 170 mL of water. The mixture was seeded and crystals rapidly formed. The mixture was cooled and the solid was collected by filtration and air dried to give 80 g (52%) of 4-bromo-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3- oxobutanamide as a light tan solid, 99% pure by HPLC.
Step 3: 4-(Bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000043_0001
4-Bromo-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide (79g) was dissolved in concentrated H2SO4 (400 mL) heated to 40°C.The solution was stirred for 2Oh at 400C. After cooling to RT, the solution was poured into 200Og of H2O/ice. The solid was filtered and washed with H2O. It was then washed with 5% aqueous sodium bicarbonate, again with water, and dried under vacuum to give 59g of 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one as an off-white solid (80 %). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.07 (s, IH), 7.72 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 6.78 (s, IH), 4.89 (s, 2H). LCMS: 274 (M+H)+.
INTERMEDIATE 2 4-(Bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro-3-methylquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000043_0002
4-(Bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro-3-methylquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described for INTERMEDIATE 1 using ethyl 2-methyl-3-oxobutanoate and 2,3- difluoroaniline as starting materials. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.07 (s, IH), 7.68 (m, IH), 7.30 (m, IH), 4.90 (s, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H). LCMS: 287 (M+H)+.
INTERMEDIATE 3 4-(Bromomethyl)-3,7,8-trifluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000044_0001
4-Bromo-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-2-fluoro-3-oxobutanamide
Figure imgf000044_0002
A mixture of -bromo-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide (3.17 g, 10.9 mmol) and Selectfluor ® (4.60 g, 13.00 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) was heated to 500C for 18h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent was removed. The residue was partitioned between DCM and water. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel afforded 1.2g of 4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(2,3-fluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide as a yellow solid.
Step 2: 4-(Bromomethyl)-3,7,8-trifluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000044_0003
4-(Bromomethyl)-3,7,8-trifluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described for INTERMEDIATE 1, Step 3 using 4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(2,3-fluorophenyl)-3- oxobutanamide as a starting material. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.65 (s, IH), 7.73 (m, IH), 7.43 (m, IH), 4.89 (s, 2H). INTERMEDIATE 4 4-(Bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro-2-methoxyquinoline
Figure imgf000045_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-methylquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000045_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-methylquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described for INTERMEDIATE 1, Step 3 using N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide as a starting material.
2-Chloro-7,8-difluoro-4-methylquinoline
Figure imgf000045_0003
PCI5 (1 g) was added to a solution of 7,8-difluoro-4-methylquinolin-2(lH)-one (14 g) in POCI3 (302. Ig) and it was heated to 1000C for 2h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and it was washed with NaOH (40%, 2x30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to afford 14 g (crude) of 2- chloro-7,8-difluoro-4-methylquinoline as a white solid.
7,8-Difluoro-2-methoxy-4-methylquinoline
Figure imgf000045_0004
A mixture of 2-chloro-7,8-difluoro-4-methylquinoline (14g) and MeONa (7.1 g) in MeOH (250 mL) was refluxed for 6h. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 1 :100 EtOAc/PE) to afford 13 g (94%) of 7,8-difluoro-2-methoxy-4-methylquinoline as a white solid.
Step 4: 4-(Bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro-2-methoxyquinoline
Figure imgf000046_0001
A mixture of 7,8-difluoro-2-methoxy-4-methylquinoline (4.39 g, 21.00 mmol), NBS (7.4 g, 41.57 mmol), and BPO (350 mg, 2.13 mmol) in CCl4 (100 mL) was refluxed for 24h. The reaction progress was followed by TLC (EtOAc/PE = 1 :10). The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 1 :250 EtOAc/PE) to afford 1.8 g (29%) of 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro-2-methoxyquinoline as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.68 (m, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 6.92 (s, IH), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H).
INTERMEDIATE 5 4-(Bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000046_0002
4-(Bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described for INTERMEDIATE 1 using 2-fluoroaniline as a starting material. LCMS: 255 (M+H)+. INTERMEDIATE 6 4-(Bromomethyl)-3-chloro-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000047_0001
Step 1 : 4-Bromo-2-chloro-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide
Figure imgf000047_0002
SO2Cl2 (1.34 g, 10.00 mmol) in DCM (20 niL) was added dropwise to a solution of 4- bromo-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide (2.92 g, 10.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (40 mL) while the temperature was maintained at 00C. The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 2h. The resulting solution was diluted with 100 mL of DCM and it was washed with H2O and dried over Na2SO4. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 20:1 PE:EtOAc solvent system) to afford 2.88 g (crude) of 4-bromo-2-chloro-N-(2,3-difluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide as a white solid.
Step 2: 4-(Bromomethyl)-3-chloro-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000047_0003
4-(Bromomethyl)-3-chloro-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described for INTERMEDIATE 1, Step 3 using 4-bromo-2-fluoro-N-(2,3- fluorophenyl)-3-oxobutanamide as a starting material. LCMS: 307 (M+H)+. INTERMEDIATE 7 4-(Bromomethyl)-7-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000048_0001
[0160] 4-(Bromomethyl)-7-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described for INTERMEDIATE 1 using 3-chloro-2-fluoroaniline as starting materials. LCMS: 290 (M+H)+.
[0161] The invention is further illustrated by the following Examples, which can be made by a skilled practitioner using methods well know in the art, optionally using the methods and/or intermediates above, or optionally by the methods disclosed in United States Publication No. US2008/0139558, filed February 23, 2007, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference as if written herein in its entirety.
EXAMPLE 1
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000048_0002
Step 1 : 2-Isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000048_0003
1 ,2-Diaminopyrazine (1.1 g, 10 mmol) was transferred to a 40 mL uncapped vial. To this, was added 2-propane carboxylic acid (0.88 g, 10 mmol), followed by polyphosphoric acid (4 mL, ~0.1 mol H+, Sigma reagent grade, 115% H3PO4 equivalent). The reaction mixture is heated and stirred at 1200C for 2h. During the course of the first 30 min at 1200C, the viscous mixture became dark and homogenous. After 2h at 1200C, the hot reaction mixture was poured into a stirred and cold NaOH solution (33 mL, 3 N, 0.1 mol). The pH of the resulting solution was adjusted (with NaOH solution or polyphosphoric acid as needed) to pH 7.5. After 20 min at pH 7.5, the RT slurry was filtered. The filtered solid was then washed with H2O (2 x 5 mL), and dried under vacuum yielding 1.4 g of 2-isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine as a light brown solid. LCMS: 163 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000049_0001
To 2-isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine (162 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added DMF (2 mL) to give a dark solution. NaH (92 mg, 60%, 2.3 mmol) was then added. After the bubbling subsides (~ 5 min), 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1, 246 mg, 0.90 mmol) was added. After Ih at RT, MeOH (1 mL) was added. Reverse phase HPLC purification of this crude mixture yielded 75 mg of 7,8-difluoro-4-((2-isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)- one as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD; TFA salt) δ 8.52 (d, IH), 8.37 (d, IH), 7.86 (m, IH), 7.30 (m, IH), 5.96 (s, 2H), 5.58 (s, IH), 3.35 (m, IH), 1.42 (d, 6H). LCMS: 356 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 2
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000050_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)- one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.32 (d, IH), 8.14 (d, IH), 7.85 (m, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 7.34 (m, IH), 5.73 (s, 2H), 5.22 (s, IH), 3.84 (m, IH), 2.5-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 367 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 3
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(pentan-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)quinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000050_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(pentan-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2-(pentan-3-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.32 (d, IH), 8.15 (d, IH), 7.91 (m, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 7.35 (m, IH), 5.82 (s, 2H), 5.29 (s, IH), 3.88 (m, IH), 1.9-1.6 (m, 4H), 0.78 (t, 6H). LCMS: 383 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 4
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000051_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2- cyclobutyl-7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 12.02 (s, IH), 8.13 (d, IH), 7.85 (m, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 7.16 (d, IH), 5.70 (s, 2H), 5.20 (s, IH), 3.85 (m, IH), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.5-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 381 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 5
7,8-Difluoro-4-((7-methyl-2-(pentan-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000051_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((7-methyl-2-(pentan-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 7-methyl-2- (pentan-3-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as starting materials. LCMS: 397 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 6
4-((7-Chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000052_0001
Stepl : 2-Cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b] pyridine 4-oxide
1T H o-
To 2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (9.5 g, 55 mmol) in a 1 L flask was added acetone (300 mL). While the reaction solution was stirred meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (15 g, 72%, 62 mmol) was added. After 16h at RT, the slurry was filtered. The filtered solid was washed with acetone (50 mL) and dried under vacuum to give 8.8g of 2- cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine 4-oxide. 1U NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ 7.98 (m, IH), 7.51 (m, IH), 7.06 (m, IH), 3.64 (m, IH), 2.3-1.7 (m, 6H). LCMS: 190 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 7-Chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000052_0002
To 2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine 4-oxide (8.5 g, 45 mmol) in a 200 mL flask, was added phosphorous oxychloride (50 mL, 330 mmol). The reaction solution was heated to reflux. After 2h at 1100C, the solution was cooled to 400C and concentrated to residue. The residue was taken up in DCM (300 mL) and pH 9 phosphate aqueous buffer (400 mL, IN K2HPO4). The organic layer was isolated, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to residue. Purification by silica gel chromatography (50% to 75% EtOAc/Hexanes) afforded 7g of 7-chloro-2-cyclobutyl- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.14 (s, IH), 8.15 (d, IH), 7.28 (d, IH), 3.72 (m, IH), 2.5-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 208 (M+H)+.
Step 3: 4-((7-Chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000053_0001
4-((7-Chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 2 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 7- chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.02 (s, IH), 8.21 (d, IH), 7.82 (m, IH), 7.44 (d, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.73 (s, 2H), 5.22 (s, IH), 3.86 (m, IH), 2.5-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 401 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 7
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000053_0002
Step 1 : 2-Cyclobutyl-N,N-dimethyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine
Figure imgf000053_0003
To 7-chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (0.21 g, 1.0 mmol) in a 4 mL vial was added dimethylamine (2 mL of 2M solution in THF). The vial was sealed and the reaction mixture was heated. After 24h at 1100C, the reaction mixture was cooled and a white solid precipitated. The slurry was diluted with Et2O (10 mL) and filtered. The solid was triturated with H2O (5 mL), filtered, and dried under vacuum to give 110 mg of 2-cyclobutyl-N,N-dimethyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.38 (s, IH), 7.79 (d, IH), 6.20 (d, IH), 3.60 (m, IH), 3.30 (s, 6H), 2.4-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 217 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000054_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 2 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2- cyclobutyl-N,N-dimethyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 12.09 (s, IH), 7.95 (d, IH), 7.75 (m, IH), 6.59 (d, IH), 5.69 (s, 2H), 5.15 (s, IH), 3.77 (m, IH), 3.55 (s, 6H), 2.4-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 410 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 8
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000055_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 7 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2- cyclobutyl-7-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 12.05 (s, IH), 7.95 (d, IH), 7.72 (m, IH), 7.41 (m, IH), 6.50 (d, IH), 5.70 (s, 2H), 5.11 (s, IH), 3.95 (s, 4H), 3.74 (m, IH), 2.4- 1.8 (m, 10H). LCMS: 436 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 9
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(ethylamino)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000055_0002
To 4-((7-chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (60mg, 0.15 mmol) in a 4 rnL vial was added ethylamine (2 rnL, 70% by wt. in water). The vial was sealed and the reaction mixture was heated. After 4h at 700C, the solution was concentrated to residue, taken up in DMSO (2 mL), and purified by reverse phase HPLC giving 3 mg of 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(ethylamino)- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difiuoroquinolin-2(lH)-one. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD; TFA salt) δ 7.90 (d, IH), 7.78 (m, IH), 7.32 (m, IH), 6.75 (d, IH), 5.76 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, IH), 3.81 (m, IH), 3.30 (m, IH), 1.9-2.6 (m, 6H), 1.39 (t, 3H). LCMS: 410 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 10
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(methylamino)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000056_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(methylamino)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 9 using 4-((7- chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one and methylamine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD; TFA salt) δ 7.90 (d, IH), 7.78 (m, IH), 7.33 (m, IH), 6.75 (d, IH), 5.78 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, IH), 3.81 (m, IH), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.6-1.9 (m, 6H). LCMS: 396 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 11
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(ethyl(methyl)amino)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-
7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000056_0002
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(ethyl(methyl)amino)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,^ difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 7 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2- cyclobutyl-N-ethyl-N-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD; TFA salt) δ 7.83 (d, IH), 7.78 (m, IH), 7.34 (m, IH), 6.72 (d, IH), 5.78 (s, 2H), 5.40 (s, IH), 4.30 (m, 2H), 3.80 (m, IH), 3.60 (m. 2H), 3.31 (d, 3H), 2.6-1.9 (m, 6H), 1.42 (t, 3H). LCMS: 424 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 12
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-methoxy-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000057_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-methoxy-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2- cyclobutyl-7-methoxy-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.05 (d, IH), 7.65 (m, IH), 7.21 (m, IH), 6.82 (d, IH), 5.58 (s, 2H), 5.11 (s, IH), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.68 (m, IH), 2.4-1.6 (m, 6H). LCMS: 397 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 13 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000057_0002
Cyclobutyl-7-iodo-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000058_0001
A mixture of 7-chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (5.2 g, 25.12 mmol), NaI (11.2 g, 74.67 mmol), (CH3)3SiCl (8.1 g, 75.00 mmol) in ACN (200 mL) was refluxed for 18h. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with 250 mL of EtOAc. Adjustment of the pH to 9 was accomplished by the addition of NaOH (2N). The resulting solution was extracted with 200 mL of EtOAc. The combined organic layers were concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluting with a 50:1 DCM/MeOH solvent system) to afford 5.1 g (67%) of 2-cyclobutyl-7-iodo-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as a white solid. LCMS: 300 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 2-Cyclobutyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000058_0002
KF (170 mg, 2.93 mmol) and CuI (570 mg, 3.00 mmol) were added into a sealed tube, heated under reduced pressure while being gently shaken until a homogeneously greenish powder was obtained. After the addition of 2-cyclobutyl-7-iodo-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (580 mg, 1.94 mmol), DMF (10 mL) and TMSi-CF3 (710 mg, 5.00 mmol), the suspension was vigorously stirred for 18h at 55°C. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonia (12%, 40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2x80 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2x50 mL), dried, and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford 170 mg (36%) of 2-cyclobutyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as a white solid. LCMS: 242 (M+H)+. Step 3: 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000059_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2- cyclobutyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.47 (d, IH), 7.84 (m, IH), 7.62 (d, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.78 (s, 2H), 5.22 (s, IH), 3.91 (m, 3H), 1.80-2.45 (m, 6H). LCMS: 435.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 14
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)- one
Figure imgf000059_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2-isobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; HCl salt) δ 8.52 (d, IH), 8.33 (d, IH), 7.82 (m, IH), 7.40 (m, IH), 5.85 (s, 2H), 5.37 (s, IH), 2.82 (d, 2H), 2.26 (m, IH), 0.95 (d, 6H). LCMS: 370 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 15
4-((2-Cyclopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000060_0001
4-((2-cyclopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)- one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2-cyclopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; HCl salt) δ 8.52 (d, IH), 8.33 (d, IH), 7.88 (m, IH), 7.41 (m, IH), 5.89 (s, 2H), 5.39 (s, IH), 3.49 (m, IH), 2.5-1.5 (m, 8H). LCMS: 382 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 16
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3-methylbutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000060_0002
7,8-difluoro-4-((2-(3-methylbutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and racemic 2-(3-methylbutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt, racemic mixture) δ 8.52 (d, IH), 8.33 (d, IH), 7.88 (m, IH), 7.41 (m, IH), 5.88 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, IH), 2.99 (m, IH), 2.09 (m, 3H), 1.28 (d, 3H), 0.96 (d, 3H), 0.84 (d, 3H). LCMS: 384 (M+H)+. The two enantiomers were separated on chiral HPLC, to yield Examples 17 and 18.
EXAMPLE 17
First eluting enantiomer:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.52 (d, IH), 8.33 (d, IH), 7.88 (m, IH), 7.41 (m, IH), 5.88 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, IH), 2.99 (m, IH), 2.09 (m, 3H), 1.28 (d, 3H), 0.96 (d, 3H), 0.84 (d, 3H). LCMS: 384 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 18
Second eluting enantiomer:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.52 (d, IH), 8.33 (d, IH), 7.88 (m, IH), 7.41 (m, IH), 5.88 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, IH), 2.99 (m, IH), 2.09 (m, 3H), 1.28 (d, 3H), 0.96 (d, 3H), 0.84 (d, 3H). LCMS: 384 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 19
4-((2-(Cyclobutylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000061_0001
4-((2-(Cyclobutylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE lusing 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2- (cyclobutylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine as starting materials. LCMS: 382 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 20 4-((2-Butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)- one
Figure imgf000062_0001
4-((2-Butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2-butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; HCl salt) δ 8.50 (d, IH), 8.32 (d, IH), 7.82 (m, IH), 7.40 (m, IH), 5.85 (s, 2H), 5.39 (s, IH), 2.95 (t, 3H), 1.78 (m, 3H), 1.37 (m, 3H), 0.86 (t, 3H). LCMS: 370 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 21
4-((2-(3,3-Dimethylcyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000062_0002
4-((2-(3,3-Dimethylcyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2-(3,3- dimethylcyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; HCl salt) δ 8.52 (d, IH), 8.32 (d, IH), 7.81 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.78 (s, 2H), 5.36 (s, IH), 3.92 (m, IH), 2.25 (t, 2H), 2.05 (t, 2H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.09 (s, 3H). LCMS: 396 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 22
4-((2-Sec-butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000063_0001
4-((2 -Dec-butyl- 1 H-imidazo [4 ,5 -b]pyrazin- 1 -yl)methyl)-7, 8-difluoroquinolin-2( 1 H)- one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 2-sec-butyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD; TFA salt, racemic mixture) δ 8.58 (d, IH), 8.36 (d, IH), 7.85 (m, IH), 7.26 (m, IH), 5.94 (s, 2H), 5.59 (s, IH), 3.10 (m, IH), 2.1-1.7 (m, 2H), 1.40 (d, 3H), 0.90 (t, 3H). LCMS: 370 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 23
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoro-3- methylquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000063_0002
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoro-3- methylquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro-3-methylquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 2) and 2- cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de; TFA salt) δ 12.20 (s, IH), 8.43 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.50 (m, IH), 7.10 (m, IH), 5.70 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, IH), 1.8-2.4 (m, 9H). LCMS: 397 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 24
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-3,7,8-trifluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000064_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-3,7,8-trifluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-3,7,8- trifluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 3) and 2-cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine as starting materials. LCMS: 386 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 25
4-((7-Bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000064_0002
Step 1 : 7-Bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000064_0003
POBr3 (4.0 g, 13.95 mmol) was slowly added to a stirring solution of 2-cyclobutyl-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine 4-oxide (1.62 g, 8.56 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) at RT. After 4h the reaction was quenched with MeOH, diluted with H2O and extracted with DCM. The organic layers were combined and dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by automated flash column chromatography (SiO2) to afford 7- bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 7.49 (d, IH), 6.87 (d, IH), 3.21-3.12 (m, IH), 1.84-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.49-1.37 (m, IH), 1.30-1.21 (m, IH). LCMS: 254.1 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 4-((7-Br omo-l-cyclobutyl-SH-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoro-2-methoxyquinoline
Figure imgf000065_0001
4-((7-Bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoro-2- methoxyquinoline was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 , Step 2 using 7- bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro-2- methoxyquinoline (INTERMEDIATE 4) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 8.09 (d, IH), 8.07-8.05 (m, IH), 7.70-7.63 (m, IH), 7.58 (d, IH), 5.92 (s, 2H), 5.84 (s, IH), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.84 (m, IH), 2.45-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.80 (m, 2H). LCMS: 461.1 (M+H)+.
Step 3: 4-((7-bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000065_0002
4-((7-Bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoro-2- methoxyquinoline (11 mg, mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL of a THF/H2O/cHCl solution (2:1 :1 v/v). The mixture was stirred overnight at 600C and then purified using reverse phase HPLC to afford 4-((7-bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.12 (d, IH), 7.84-7.80 (m, IH), 7.59 (d, IH), 7.41-7.34 (m, IH), 5.71 (s, 2H), 5.21 (s, IH), 3.85 (quint, IH), 2.54-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.82 (m, 2H). LCMS: 447.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 26
2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H- imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine- 7-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000066_0001
Step 1 : 2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H- imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine- 7-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000066_0002
4-((7-Bromo-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoro-2- methoxyquinoline (15.8 mg, 0.063 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (700 μL). To this solution was added zinc (2 mg, 0.031 mmol), Pd(0)(tBu3P)2 (3 mg, 0.006 mmol) and Zn(CN)2. The reaction mixture was degassed and then stirred overnight at 1000C. To this mixture was added additional Zn(CN)2 (4 mg) and Pd(0)(tBu3P)2 (3 mg) and the resulting solution was stirred at 1100C for an additional 4 h. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH, filtered and then purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 2-cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine-7-carbonitrile. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.41 (d, IH), 8.10-8.04 (m, IH), 7.77 (d, IH), 7.71-7.64 (m, IH), 6.52 (s, IH), 5.98 (s, 2H), 3.95- 3.87 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.80 (m, 2H). LCMS: 406.2 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H- imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine- 7-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000067_0001
2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine-7-carbonitrile was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 25, Step 3 using 2-cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine-7-carbonitrile. LCMS: 392.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 27 4-((7-(Aminomethyl)-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000067_0002
2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-methoxyquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridine-7-carbonitrile (40 mg, 0.099 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (cat) were stirred in acetic acid (3 mL) under hydrogen (50 psi) for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated. LCMS: 410.2 (M+H)+. The crude product was then stirred in a mixture of THF (2 mL), water (0.5 rnL) and cHCl (0.5 rnL) for 72 h at 60 0C. The reaction mixture was concentrated to afford 4-((7-(aminomethyl)-2- cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.69 (d, IH), 7.89-7.83 (m, IH), 7.76 (d, IH), 7.37- 7.30 (m, IH), 6.08 (s, 2H), 5.72 (IH), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.34-4.24 (m, IH), 2.85-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.00 (m, IH), 2.12-2.02 (m, IH). LCMS: 396.2 (M+H)4
EXAMPLE 28
4-((7-C hlor o-2-isobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000068_0001
4-((7-Chloro-2-isobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 6 using 7-chloro-2-isobutyl- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.27 (d, IH), 7.88-7.84 (m, IH), 7.46 (d, IH), 7.32-7.26 (m, IH), 5.90 (s, 2H), 5.53 (s, IH), 2.88 (d, 2H), 2.28-2.18 (m, IH), 1.00 (d, 6H). LCMS: 403.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 29
4-((7-(Dimethylamino)-2-isobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000069_0001
4-((7-(Dimethylamino)-2-isobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 7 using 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDAITE 1) and 2-isobutyl- N,N-dimethyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.85 (d, IH), 7.80-7.76 (m, IH), 7.37-7.30 (m, IH), 6.74 (d, IH), 5.84 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 4.87 (s, 6H), 2.75 (d, 2H), 2.32-2.24 (m, IH), 1.04 (d, 6H). LCMS: 412.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 30 4-((8-Cyclobutyl-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000069_0002
4-((8-Cyclobutyl-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2( 1 H)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 8-cyclobutyl-9H-purine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 12.10 (s, IH), 9.17 (s, IH), 8.87 (s, IH), 7.81 (m, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 5.73 (s, 2H), 5.28 (s, IH), 3.89 (m, IH), 2.5-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 368 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 31
4-((8-Cyclobutyl-6-methyl-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000070_0001
4-((8-Cyclobutyl-6-methyl-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2( 1 H)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) and 8-cyclobutyl-6-methyl-9H-purine as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; HCl salt) δ 8.98 (s, IH), 7.81 (m, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 5.77 (s, 2H), 5.35 (s, IH), 3.93 (m, IH), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.5-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 382 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 32 8-Fluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000070_0002
8-Fluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) and 2-isobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.69 (d, IH), 8.57 (d, IH), 7.84 (d, IH), 7.51 (dd, IH), 7.40-7.35 (m, IH), 6.07 (s, 2H), 5.85 (s, IH), 3.10 (d, 2H), 2.31 (m, IH), 1.07 (d, 6H). LCMS: 352.2 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 33 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)- one
Figure imgf000071_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 4-(bromomethyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) and 2-cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.83 (s, IH), 8.50 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.78 (d, IH), 7.51 (dd, IH), 7.30-7.25 (m, IH), 5.76 (s, 2H), 5.35 (s, IH), 3.93 (m, IH), 2.51-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.07-1.86 (m, 2H). LCMS: 350.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 34 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000071_0002
Step 1 : 2-Phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000071_0003
2-Phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 using benzoic acid as a starting material. LCMS: 197 (M+H)+. Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000072_0001
To an 8 niL vial was added 2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine (28 mg, 0.14 mmol) and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1, 12 mg, 0.045 mmol). The solid mixture was heated to ~220°C for 2 minutes, affording a dark melted residue which was cooled to RT and taken up by DMSO (1 mL). Purification by preparative HPLC (Gradient: 10% to 100% ACN/water) giave 7,8-difiuoro-4-((2- phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one (12 mg, 72% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 12.11 (s, IH), 8.61 (d, IH), 8.41 (d, IH), 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.73 (m, IH), 7.57 (m, 3H), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.86 (s, 2H), 5.71 (s, IH). LCMS: 390.5 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 35
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000072_0002
N-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)-4,4,4-trifluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)butanamide
Figure imgf000073_0001
A mixture of pyrazine-2,3-diamine (314 mg, 2.85 mmol), 4,4,4-trifluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)butanoic acid (500 mg, 2.38 mmol), HATU (1 g, 2.85 mmol), and DIEA (0.6 mL, 3.57 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was stirred at RT for 18h. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (50 to 100% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford N-(3-aminopyrazin-2-yl)-4,4,4-trifluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)butanamide as a yellow solid. 1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.27 (s, IH), 7.86 (d, IH), 7.59 (d, IH), 6.18 (s, 2H), 4.31 (m, IH), 3.01 (d, 2H). LCMS: 303 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 2-(3,3,3-Trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000073_0002
N-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)-4,4,4-trifluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)butanamide (450 mg, 1.5 mmol) in AcOH (8 mL) was heatd to 700C for 18h. The solvent was removed to afford 2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine as a yellow solid. 1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.36 (s, 2H), 4.75 (m, IH), 3.51 (d, 2H).
Step 3: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000073_0003
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34, Step 2 using 2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine as a starting material. 1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.05 (s, IH), 8.57 (d, IH), 8.39 (d, IH), 7.81-7.77 (m, IH), 7.42-7.36 (m, IH), 5.94 (s, 2H), 5.32 (s, IH), 4.98 (m, IH), 3.68 (d, 2H). LCMS: 478 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 36
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000074_0001
Stepl : 5-(lH-Imidazo [4,5-b] pyrazin-2-yl)-4-methylthiazole
Figure imgf000074_0002
EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 (modifications: 180 0C, 9 h) using 4-methylthiazole-5-carboxylic acid and pyrazine-2,3-diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 218.1 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000074_0003
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34, Step 2 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using 5-(lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)-4- methylthiazole and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.12 (s, IH), 9.19 (s, IH), 8.64 (d, IH), 8.46 (d, IH), 7.73 (m, IH), 7.34 (m, IH), 5.83 (s, 2H), 5.63 (s, IH), 2.63 (s, 3H); LCMS: 411.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 37
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-3- methylquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000075_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-3-methylquinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-isobutyl-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro3-methylquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 2) as starting materials in Step 2. 1HNMR (400MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.44 (d, IH), 8.34 (d, IH), 7.60-7.55 (m, IH), 7.01 (q, IH), 5.91 (s, 2H), 2.78 (d, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.12-2.02 (m, IH) 0.87 (d, 6H). LCMS: 384.25 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 38
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine-3-yl)methyl)-3- methylquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000076_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine-3-yl)methyl)-3- methylquinolin-2(lH)-one synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-isobutyl- 7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoro3- methylquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 2) as starting materials in step 2. 1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.20 (d, IH), 7.63-7.59 (m, IH), 7.10-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.79 (s, 2H), 2.56-2.50 (m, 5H), 2.12 (s, 3H) 1.92-1.84 (m, IH), 0.73 (d, 6H). LCMS: 397.39 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 39
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine-3-yl)methyl) quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000076_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isobutyl-7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine-3-yl)methyl)-3- methylquinolin-2(lH)-one synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-isobutyl- 7-methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE l)as a starting materials. 1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 8.09 (d, IH), 7.80-7.70 (m, IH), 7.20-7.12 (m, IH), 7.09 (d, IH), 5.69 (s, 2H), 5.09 (s, IH), 2.69 (d, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.15 (m, IH), 0.92 (d, 6H). LCMS: 383.25 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 40 4-((7-Amino-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] py ridin-3-yl)methyl)-
7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000077_0001
2-Cyclobutyl-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine
Figure imgf000077_0002
7-Chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (445 mg, 2.14 mmol) and p- methoxybenzylamine (2 niL) were stirred 72h at 1000C. The reaction was filtered through silica gel and then further purified by HPLC (semi-preparative, reverse phase) to afford 2-cyclobutyl-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine as an off-white solid. LCMS: 309.6 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 2-(2-Cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-7-yl)isoindoline- 1 ,3-dione
Figure imgf000077_0003
2-Cyclobutyl-N-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine (390 mg, 1.26 mmol) was stirred in HBr/AcOH (10 mL) at 50 0C overnight. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC (semi-preparative, reverse phase) to afford 2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine. 2-Cyclobutyl-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-amine (66 mg, 0.351 mmol) and succinic anhydride (120 mg, 0.810 mmol) were dissolved in NMP (2 mL) and stirred in a microwave reactor at 200 0C for 0.5 h. The desired product was then purified by HPLC (semi-preparative, reverse phase) to afford 2-(2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)isoindoline- 1,3-dione as an off-white solid. LCMS: 319.6 (M+H)+.
Step 3: 2-(2-Cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo- 1 ,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)- 3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-7-yl)isoindoline- 1 ,3-dione
Figure imgf000078_0001
2-(2-Cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (20 mg, 0.063 mmol) and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1, 20 mg, 0.073 mmol) were mixed in DCM (5 mL), sonicated and then concentrated with a stream of nitrogen. The mixture was then submerged in a 250 0C sand bath stirred for 0.5 h. The crude mixture was then dissolved in DMSO and purified by HPLC (semi- preparative, reverse phase) to afford 2-(2-cyclobutyl-3-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo-l,2- dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yl)isoindoline-l,3-dione. LCMS: 512.6 (M+H)+.
Step 4: 4-((7- Amino-l-cyclobutyl-SH-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000079_0001
Hydrazine hydrate (250 μL) was added to a stirring solution of 2-(2-cyclobutyl-3-((7,8- difluoro-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7- yl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (7 mg, 0.014 mmol) in EtOH (1 mL) and stirred for 4.5 h at RT. The reaction mixture was purified directly by HPLC (semi-preparative, reverse phase) to afford 4-((7-amino-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one as an oily residue. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.86 (d, IH), 7.76 (ddd, IH), 7.36-7.29 (m, IH), 6.73 (d, IH), 5.78 (s, 2H), 5.45 (IH), 3.84 (pent., IH), 2.60-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.08 (m, IH), 2.03-1.94 (m, IH). LCMS: 382.6 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 41
4-((2-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Stepl : TV-β-Aminopyrazin^-yl^-cyclopropylacetamide
Figure imgf000079_0003
Λ/-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)-2-cyclopropylacetamide was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 1 (modifications: 43 h) using 2-cyclopropylacetic acid and pyrazine-2,3-diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 193.3 (M+H)+.
Step2: 2-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000080_0001
2-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 2 (modifications: 60 0C, 17 h) using N-(3-aminopyrazin-2-yl)-2- cyclopropylacetamide as the starting material. LCMS: 175.3 (M+H)+.
Step 3: 4-((2-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000080_0002
A mixture of 2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine (158 mg, 0.91 mmol) and propylene glycol (2 mL) was heated at 190 0C under N2. After 10 min, 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1, 83 mg, 0.30 mmol) was added. After an additional 90 min, the reaction was allowed to cool to RT, and ice was added (20 g). After the ice melted, the precipitate was filtered, washed with water (5 mL, 0 0C), and then purified by silica gel chromatography (1 :0— >11 :1; DCM:methanol) to give 4-((2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.05 (s, IH), 8.51 (d, IH), 8.31 (d, IH), 7.82 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.84 (s, 2H), 5.31 (s, IH), 2.90 (d, 2H) 1.19 (m, IH), 0.48 (m, 2H), 0.23 (m, 2H); LCMS: 368.4 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 42
4-((2-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000081_0001
4-((2-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 41; Step 3 using 2- (cyclopropylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one(INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.81 (s, IH), 8.51 (d, IH), 8.31 (d, IH), 7.79 (d, IH), 7.51 (m, IH), 7.29 (m, IH), 5.85 (s, 2H), 5.35 (s, IH), 2.91 (d, 2H) 1.20 (m, IH), 0.48 (m, 2H), 0.23 (m, 2H); LCMS: 350.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 43
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000081_0002
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)- one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 41, Step 3 using 2-cyclobutyl-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, HCl salt) δ 8.53 (d, IH), 8.33 (d, IH), 7.83 (m, IH), 7.40 (m, IH), 5.78 (s, 2H), 5.36 (s, IH), 3.95 (m, IH), 2.5-1.8 (m, 6H). LCMS: 368 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 44
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000082_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-isopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)- one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-isopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.09 (s, IH), 8.49 (s, IH), 8.31 (s, IH), 7.84 (d, IH), 7.4-7.34 (m, IH), 5.84 (s, 2H), 5.37 (s, IH), 2.94-2.90 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.61 (m, 3H), 0.92-0.85 (m, 6H). LCMS: 384.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 45
4-((2-Sec-butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000082_0002
4-((2-Sec-butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)- one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using racemic 2-sec-butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.61 (s, IH), 7.45 (s, IH), 6.98 (t, IH), 6.17-6.39 (m, IH), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, IH), 2.23-2.21 (m, IH), 1.12-1.08 (m, IH), 0.90-0.88 (m, IH), 0.51 (d, 3H), 0.1 (m, 3H). LCMS: 370.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 46
4-((2-(Cyclohexylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000083_0001
4-((2-(Cyclohexylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2- (cyclohexylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.05 (s, IH), 8.53 (s, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 7.82-7.76 (m, IH), 7.40- 7.34 (m, IH), 5.83 (s, 2H), 5.35 (s, IH), 3.64-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.90 (m, 2H), 1.54- 1.75 (m, 3H), 1.31-1.36 (m, 2H), 1.04-1.11 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.95 (m, 2H). LCMS: 411.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 47
4-((2-(Cyclopentylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000084_0001
4-((2-(Cyclopentylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2- (cyclopentylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. LCMS: 396.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 48
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3-methylpentyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000084_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3-methylpentyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using racemic 2-(3-methylpentyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.51 (s, IH), 8.37 (s, IH), 7.87-7.84 (dd, IH), 7.32-7.27 (m, IH), 5.91 (s, 2H), 5.65 (s, IH), 3.04-2.97 (m, 2H), 1.87 (m, IH), 1.67-1.64 (m, IH), 1.44- 1.33 ( m, 2H), 1.21-1.16 (m, IH), 0.90-0.84 ( m, 6H). LCMS: 398.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 49
4-((2-(2-Cyclopentylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000085_0001
4-((2-(2-Cyclopentylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-(2- cyclopentylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.87 (s, IH), 7.53 (s, IH), 7.15 (m, IH), 6.47 (m, IH), 5.18 (s, 2H), 4.85 (s, IH), 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.46 (m, 4H), 2.22-2.18 (m, 3H), 1.07-1.03 (m, 4H). LCMS: 410.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 50
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(hexan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000085_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(hexan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using racemic 2-(hexan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.49 (d, IH), 8.33 (d, IH), 7.88-7.85 (m, IH), 7.28-7.25 (m, IH), 5.91 (s, 2H), 5.59 (s, IH), 4.09-4.07 (m, IH), 3.18-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.45 (m, 4H)1.29- 1.17 ( m, 6H). LCMS: 398.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 51
4-((2-Tert-butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000086_0001
4-((2-Tert-butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)- one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-tert-butyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. LCMS: 370 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 52
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(heptan-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000087_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(heptan-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using racemic 2-(heptan-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.17 (s, IH), 8.72 (s, IH), 8.63 (s, IH), 7.86-7.83 (m, IH), 7.29- 7.27 (m, IH), 6.29 (s, IH), 6.23 (s, 2H), 1.81-1.74 (m, 4H), 1.24-1.11 (m, 5H), 0.82- 0.76 (m, 6H). LCMS: 412.6 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 53 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(pentan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000087_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(pentan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using racemic 2-(pentan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.12 (s, IH), 8.50 (d, IH), 8.31 (d, IH), 7.87-7.84 (m, IH), 7.41- 7.37 (m, IH), 5.86 (s, 2H), 5.3 (s, IH), 3.22-3.15 (m, IH), 1.88-1.79 (m, IH), 1.62-1.54 (m, IH), 1.27 (d,3H), 1.25-1.17 (m, 2H), 0.77 (m,3H). LCMS: 384.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 54 8-Fluoro-4-((2-(pentan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000088_0001
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(pentan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)- one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using racemic 2-(pentan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- de) δ 11.86 (s, IH), 8.50 (d, IH), 8.31 (d, IH), 7.83-7.80 (d, IH), 7.54-7.50 (m, IH), 7.31-7.25 (m,lH), 5.87 (s, 2H), 5.36 (s, IH), 3.20-3.14 (m, IH), 1.86-1.80 (m, IH), 1.62-1.48(m, IH), 1.26 (d,3H), 1.23-1.09(m, 2H), 0.77 (m, 3H). LCMS: 366.7 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 55 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(2-methylbutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000089_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(2-methylbutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using racemic 2-(2-methylbutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.09 (s, IH), 8.49 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.86-7.82 (m, IH), 7.40- 7.37 (m, IH), 5.84(s, 2H), 5.3 l(s, IH), 2.94-2.89 (m, IH), 2.79-2.73 (m, IH), 2.09- 2.01(m, IH), 1.48-1.37 (m,lH), 1.27-1.18 (m, IH), 0.94-0.90 (m,3H), 0.84-0.80 (m, 3H). LCMS: 384.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 56 8-Fluoro-4-((2-(2-methylbutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000089_0002
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(2-methylbutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using racemic 2-(2-methylbutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. LCMS: 364.2 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 57 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-pentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000090_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-pentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-pentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.05 (s, IH), 8.50 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.86-7.80 (m, IH), 7.41-7.32 (m, IH), 5.82 (s, 2H), 5.24 (s, IH), 2.92- 2.88 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.38-1.22 (m, 2H), 0.80 (m,3H). LCMS: 384.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 58 4-((2-(2-Cyclohexylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-
7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000090_0002
4-((2-(2-Cyclohexylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-(2- cyclohexylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.10 (s, IH), 8.49 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.84-7.80 (m, IH), 7.40- 7.36 (m, IH), 5.84 (s, 2H), 5.35 (s, IH), 2.96-2.92 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.58 (m, 6H), 1.30- 1.10 (m, 2H), 1.10-1.08 ( m, 3H), 0.89-0.80 (m, 2H). LCMS: 424.7 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 59 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4-methylpentyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000091_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4-methylpentyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-(4-methylpentyl)- lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.49 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.84-7.81 (m, IH), 7.42-7.34 (m, 2H), 5.83 (s, 2H), 5.38 (s, IH), 2.94-2.87 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.46 (m, IH), 1.25-1.18 (m, 2H), 0.79 (d, 6H). LCMS: 398.6 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 60 4-((2-(2-Cyclobutylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-
7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000092_0001
4-((2-(2-Cyclobutylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-(2- cyclobutylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.09 (s, IH), 8.49 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.84-7.81 (m, IH), 7.42- 7.35 (m, IH), 5.82 (s, 2H), 5.34 (s, IH), 2.84-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.28(m, IH), 1.99- 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.76-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.50 (m, 2H). LCMS: 396.5 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 61
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-6-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000092_0002
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-6-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as one regioisomer as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-cyclobutyl-6-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.39 (s, IH), 7.81 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.70 (s, 2H), 5.26 (s, IH), 3.87 (m, IH), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.81-2.46 (m, 6H). LCMS: 382.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 62
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-5-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000093_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-5-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as the other regioisomer as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-cyclobutyl-6-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.19 (s, IH), 7.81 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.73 (s, 2H), 5.28 (s, IH), 3.87 (m, IH), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.81-2.46 (m, 6H). LCMS: 382.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 63 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(pentan-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000093_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(pentan-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-(pentan-3-yl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.50 (d, IH), 8.31 (d, IH), 7.88 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.86 (s, 2H), 5.32 (s, IH), 2.99 (m, IH), 1.63-1.88 (m, 4H), 0.78 (t, 6H). LCMS: 384.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 64
4-((2-(2-Ethylbutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000094_0001
4-((2-(2-Ethylbutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-(2-ethylbutyl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; HCl salt) δ 8.51 (d, IH), 8.32 (d, IH), 7.83 (m, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 5.85 (s, 2H), 5.37 (s, IH), 2.87 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, IH), 1.33 (m, 4H), 0.77 (t, 6H). LCMS: 398.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 65 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-ethyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-
7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000094_0002
2-Cyclobutyl-7-ethyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000095_0001
A mixture of 2-cyclobutyl-7-iodo-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (600 mg, 2.01 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (cat.), and Et2Zn (5 niL, IM) in 1,4-dioxane (20 niL) was refiuxed for 18h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting solution was diluted with 50 mL of EtOAc and 20 mL of H2O. A filtration was performed. The resulting solution was extracted with 50 mL of EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with 30 mL of brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (e luting with 30:1 DCM/MeOH solvent system) to afford 0.2 g (48%) of 2-cyclobutyl-7-ethyl-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as yellow oil. LCMS: 202 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-ethyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000095_0002
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-ethyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-cyclobutyl-7-ethyl- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 12.06 (s, IH), 8.15 (d, IH), 7.86 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 7.16 (d, IH), 5.68 (s, 2H), 5.17 (s, IH), 3.82 (m, IH), 3.03 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.45 (m, 6H), 1.35 (t, 3H). LCMS: 395.3 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 66 3-Chloro-4-((2-cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-
7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000096_0001
3-Chloro-4-((2-cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2- cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-3-chloro-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 6) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de, TFA salt) δ 12.76 (s, IH), 8.41 (d, IH), 8.23 (d, IH), 7.70 (m, IH), 7.26 (m, IH), 5.84 (s, 2H), 3.89 (m, IH), 1.83-2.42 (m, 6H). LCMS: 402.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 67 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000096_0002
Step 1 : 7-Chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b] pyridine
Figure imgf000096_0003
A mixture of 7-chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (1 g, 4.78 mmol), 3,4- dihydro-2H-pyran (10 mL), and p-TsOH (83 mg, 0.48 mmol) was stirred at 800C for Ih. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC (EtOAc/PE = 1 :1). The mixture was concentrated by evaporation under vacuum using a rotary evaporator. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 1 :10 EtOAc/PE solvent system) to afford 1.5 g (97%) of 7-chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)- 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as a colourless liquid. LCMS: 292 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 2-Cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5- b] pyridine
Figure imgf000097_0001
Into a sealed tube purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 7-chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (100 mg, 0.34 mmol) in toluene (3 mL). To this was added cyclopropylboronic acid (44 mg, 0.51 mmol), CS2CO3 (224 mg, 0.68 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (14 mg, 0.01 mmol), and C26HS6NP (11 mg, 0.03 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 2h at 1200C. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC (EtOAc/PE = 1 :5). A filtration was performed. The filtrate was concentrated by evaporation under vacuum using a rotary evaporator. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 1 :10 EtOAc/PE solvent system) to afford 80 mg (75%) of 2- cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as a yellow solid. LCMS: 298 (M+H)+.
2-Cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000097_0002
A solution of 2-cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (300 mg, 1 mmol) in Et2O (50 mL) was added to a purged, flushed, and maintained with a HCl atmosphere flask. The resulting solution was stirred for 10 min at RT. The reaction progress was monitored by TLC (EtOAc/PE = 1 :1). The reaction mixture was then quenched by the adding 30 mL of H2O. Adjustment of the pH to 8 was accomplished by the addition of NaHCOs. The resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc (3x50 mL) and the organic layers were combined and dried over Na2SO4. A filtration was performed. The filtrate was concentrated by evaporation under vacuum using a rotary evaporator to afford 150 mg (67%) of 2-cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine as a white solid. LCMS: 214 (M+H)+.
Step 4: 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)- 7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000098_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2- cyclobutyl-7-cyclopropyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.13 (d, IH), 7.84 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 6.89 (d, IH), 5.71 (s, 2H), 5.29 (s, IH), 3.88 (m, IH), 1.80-2.60 (m, 8H), 1.21 (m, 4H). LCMS: 407.6 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 68 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-isopropyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000099_0001
l-Cyclobutyl^-isopropyl-SH-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridine
Figure imgf000099_0002
2-Bromopropane (4 g, 32.78 mmol) was added dropwise to Mg (800 mg, 33.34 mmol) in THF (100 mL) followed by addition of ZnCl2 (4.4 g, 32.36 mmol) in several batches while cooling to 00C. The resulting solution was stirred for 0.5 h at 00C and for another 1 h at RT. To the mixture was added 7-chloro-2-cyclobutyl-3H-imidazo[4,5- b]pyridine (500 mg, 2.42 mmol) and Pd(PPtLs)4 (lOmg, cat.). The resulting solution was refluxed for 18h. The reaction mixture was then quenched by the adding 200 mL of sat. NH4Cl. The resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layers were combined. The resulting mixture was washed with brine, dried, and evaporated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 1 :200 MeOH/DCM solvent system) to yield 2-cyclobutyl-7-isopropyl-3H- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine 120 mg(46%) was obtained as white solid. LCMS: 216 (M+H)+.
Step 2 : 4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-isopropyl-3H-imidazo [4,5-b] pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000100_0001
4-((2-Cyclobutyl-7-isopropyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2- cyclobutyl-7-isopropyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. LCMS: 409.6 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 69 4-((2-(3,3-Difluorocyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000100_0002
4-((2-(3,3-Difluorocyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 3,3- difluorocyclobutanecarboxylic acid (Synthetic communications, 2005, 35, 657-662) in Step 1 and 2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine in Step 2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; HCl salt) δ 8.54 (d, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 7.80 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.81 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, IH), 3.86 (m, IH), 2.92-3.10 (m, 4H). LCMS: 404.4 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 70 4-((2-(3,3-Difluorocyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000101_0001
4-((2-(3,3-Difluorocyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 3,3- difluorocyclobutanecarboxylic acid (Synthetic communications, 2005, 35, 657-662) in Step 1 and 2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4- (bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) in Step 2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD; HCl salt) δ 8.61 (s, IH), 8.47 (s, IH), 7.82 (m, IH), 7.48 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.98 (s, 2H), 5.73 (s, IH), 3.90 (m, IH), 2.99-3.30 (m, 4H). LCMS: 386.5 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 71 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3-methylpyridin-4-yl)-lH-imidazo [4,5- b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000101_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3-methylpyridin-4-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2- (3-methylpyridin-4-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt) δ 8.73 (s, IH), 8.68 (d, IH), 8.60 (d, IH), 8.53 (d, IH), 7.63 (d, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 5.70 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H). LCMS: 405.5 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 72 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3-methylcyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo [4,5- b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000102_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3-methylcyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as a cis/trans mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-(3-methylcyclobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt, major isomer) δ 8.54 (d, IH), 8.32 (d, IH), 7.80 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.78 (s, 2H), 5.30 (s, IH), 3.72 (m, IH), 1.80- 2.60 (m, 5H), 1.02 (d, 3H). 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6; TFA salt, minor isomer) δ 8.54 (d, IH), 8.32 (d, IH), 7.80 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.75 (s, 2H), 5.38 (s, IH), 4.02 (m, IH), 1.80-2.60 (m, 5H), 1.10 (d, 3H). LCMS: 382.5 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE_73 4-((2-Cyclopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000103_0001
4-((2-Cyclopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-cyclopentyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, TFA salt) δ 8.50 (d, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 7.84 (d, IH), 7.47 (m, IH), 7.36 (m, IH), 5.97 (s, 2H), 5.66 (s, IH), 3.47 (m, IH), 1.64-2.20 (m, 8H). LCMS: 364.5 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 74
4-((2-(Cyclobutylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000103_0002
4-((2-(Cyclobutylmethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8-fluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-(cyclobutylmethyl)- lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, TFA salt) δ 8.51 (d, IH), 8.36 (d, IH), 7.84 (d, IH), 7.47 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.93 (s, 2H), 5.61 (s, IH), 3.13 (d, 2H), 2.92 (m, IH), 3.47 (m, IH), 1.77-2.20 (m, 6H). LCMS: 364.5 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 75 8-Fluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000104_0001
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34, Step 2 using 2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and A- (bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.95 (s, IH), 8.57 (d, IH), 8.38 (d, IH), 7.75 (d, IH), 7.54-7.49 (m, IH), 7.31-7.26 (m, IH), 5.95 (s, 2H), 5.36 (s, IH), 4.99 (m, IH), 3.69 (d, 2H). LCMS: 460 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 76
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000104_0002
Stepl : 2-(3,3,3-Trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000104_0003
2-(3,3,3-Trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 (modifications: 170 0C, 5 d, 2.4 equiv acid) using 4,4,4- trifluorobutanoic acid and pyrazine-2,3-diamine as a starting materials. LCMS: 217.1 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000105_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34, Step 2 (modifications: heated for 5 min) using 2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.53 (d, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 7.80 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.88 (s, 2H), 5.43 (s, IH), 3.24 (t, 2H), 3.04- 2.90 (m, 2H). LCMS: 410.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 77
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000105_0002
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-
2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using 2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)- 8-fiuoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 11.82 (s, IH), 8.53 (d, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 7.77 (d, IH), 7.51 (m, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 5.89 (s, 2H), 5.47 (s, IH), 3.25 (t, 2H), 3.04-2.90 (m, 2H). LCMS: 392.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 78
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000106_0001
2-(4,4,4-Trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000106_0002
2-(4,4,4-Trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 (modifications: 190 0C, 20 h) using racemic 4,4,4-trifluoro-2-methylbutanoic acid and pyrazine-2,3 -diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 231.1 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000106_0003
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34, Step 2 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using racemic 2-(4,4,4- trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.54 (d, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 7.84 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.91 (s, 2H), 5.34 (s, IH), 3.62 (m, IH), 3.12 (m, IH), 2.76 (m, IH), 1.35 (d, 3H); LCMS: 424.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 79
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000107_0001
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 34 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using racemic 2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutan- 2-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.82 (s, IH), 8.54 (d, IH), 8.36 (d, IH), 7.80 (d, IH), 7.52 (m, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 5.91 (s, 2H), 5.39 (s, IH), 3.63 (m, IH), 3.12 (m, IH), 2.76 (m, IH), 1.36 (d, 3H); LCMS: 406.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 80
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000107_0002
Stepl : 2-(4,4,4-Trifluorobutyl)-lH-imidazo [4,5-b] pyrazine
2-(4,4,4-Trifluorobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 (modifications: 190 0C, 20 h) using 5,5,5-trifluoropentanoic acid and pyrazine-2,3-diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 231.1 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000108_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using 2-(4,4,4-trifluorobutyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.51 (d, IH), 8.33 (d, IH), 7.82 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.82 (s, 2H), 5.40 (s, IH), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, 2H); LCMS: 424.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 81
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000108_0003
Stepl : 7V-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)-4,4,4-trifluoro-3-methylbutanamide
Figure imgf000109_0001
Λ/-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)-4,4,4-trifluoro-3-methylbutanamide was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 1 using racemic 4,4,4-trifluoro-3- methylbutanoic acid and pyrazine-2, 3 -diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 249.4 (M+H)+.
Step2: 2-(3,3,3-Trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000109_0002
2-(3,3,3-Trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 2 (modifications: 60 0C, 7 h) using racemic N-(3- aminopyrazin-2-yl)-4,4,4-trifluoro-3-methylbutanamide as the starting material. LCMS: 231.3 (M+H)+.
Step 3: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000109_0003
A mixture of 2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine (262 mg, 1.14 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (150 mg, 1.79 mmol), and propylene glycol (2 mL) were heated at 1000C under N2. After 15 min, 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one (INTERMED AITE 1, 164 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added. After an additional 30 min, the reaction was allowed to cool to RT, poured into water (45 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL x 3). The combined organic extracts were dried, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography ( 1 : O→ 11 : 1 ; DCM methanol) to give 7,8-difluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one as a racemic mixture. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.54 (d, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 7.81 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.89 (s, 2H), 5.38 (s, IH), 3.38-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.08 (m, IH), 1.20 (d, 3H). LCMS: 424.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 82
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000110_0001
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as a racemic mixture as described in EXAMPLE 81; Step 3 using racemic 2-(3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDAITE 5) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.82 (s, IH), 8.54 (d, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 7.77 (d, IH), 7.51 (m, IH), 7.28 (m, IH), 5.90 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, IH), 3.38-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.09 (m, IH), 1.21 (d, 3H); LCMS: 406.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 83
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(thiazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000110_0002
Stepl : 5-(lH-Imidazo [4,5-b] pyrazin-2-yl)thiazole
Figure imgf000111_0001
5-(lH-Imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)thiazole was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 (modifications: 180 0C, 9 h) using thiazole-5-carboxylic acid and pyrazine- 2,3-diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 204.1 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(thiazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000111_0002
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(thiazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34, Step 2 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using 5-(lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)thiazole and 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.12 (s, IH), 9.36 (s, IH), 8.62 (d, IH), 8.44 (d, IH), 8.35 (s, IH), 7.87 (m, IH), 7.42 (m, IH), 6.09 (s, 2H), 5.57 (s, IH); LCMS: 396.9 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 84
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)- one
Figure imgf000112_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.58 (s, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 7.89 (m, IH), 7.43 (m, IH), 5.89 (s, 2H), 5.45 (s, IH), 2.83-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.83 (m, 2H), 0.95 (d, 3H). LCMS: 357.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 85
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000112_0002
Stepl : 2-(Thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000112_0003
2-(Thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 (modifications: 180 0C, 3 h) using thiophene-3-carboxylic acid and pyrazine-2,3-diamine as a starting material. LCMS: 203.0 (M+H)+.
I l l Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000113_0001
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34, Step 2 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using 2-(thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4- (bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.12 (s, IH), 8.58 (d, IH), 8.38 (d, IH), 8.14 (dd, IH), 7.83 (m, IH), 7.77 (dd, IH), 7.66 (dd, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 5.97 (s, 2H), 5.56 (s, IH). LCMS: 396.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 86
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000113_0002
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)- one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using 2-(thiophen-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5)as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.85 (s, IH), 8.58 (d, IH), 8.38 (d, IH), 8.16 (dd, IH), 7.82-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.66 (m, IH), 7.53 (m, IH), 7.29 (m, IH), 5.98 (s, 2H), 5.59 (s, IH). LCMS: 378.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 87
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000114_0001
Stepl : 2-(l-Methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000114_0002
2-(l-Methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1, Step 1 (modifications: 180 0C, 9 h) using 1 -methyl- IH- pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid and pyrazine-2, 3 -diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 201.2 (M+H)+.
Step 2: 7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin- l-yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000114_0003
7,8-Difluoro-4-((2-(l -methyl- lH-pyrazol-5-yl)- lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin- 1 - yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34, Step 2 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using 2-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.56 (d, IH), 8.38 (d, IH), 7.93 (m, IH), 7.91 (d, IH), 7.40 (m, IH), 7.10 (d, IH), 6.24 (s, 2H), 5.34 (s, IH), 3.72 (s, 3H). LCMS: 394.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 88
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000115_0001
8-Fluoro-4-((2-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)quinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 (modifications: heated for 3 min) using 2-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-5-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.79 (s, IH), 8.56 (d, IH), 8.38 (d, IH), 7.91 (d, IH), 7.88 (d, IH), 7.53 (m, IH), 7.31 (m, IH), 7.10 (d, IH), 6.26 (s, 2H), 5.37 (s, IH), 3.72 (s, 3H). LCMS: 376.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 89 tert-Butyl 3-(l-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000115_0002
Stepl : tert-Butyl 3-(3-aminopyrazin-2-ylcarbamoyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000116_0001
tert-Butyl 3-(3-aminopyrazin-2-ylcarbamoyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 1 using l-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azetidine-3- carboxylic acid and pyrazine-2,3-diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 294 (M+H)+.
Step2: tert-Butyl 3-(lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000116_0002
tert-Butyl 3-(lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 2 using tert-butyl 3-(3-aminopyrazin-2- ylcarbamoyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate as the starting material. LCMS: 276 (M+H)+.
Step 3: tert-Butyl 3-(l-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000116_0003
tert-Butyl 3-(l-((7,8-difluoro-2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 81, Step 3 (modification: 1 h) using tert-butyl 3-(lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine- 1-carboxylate and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.54 (d, IH), 8.35 (d, IH), 7.78 (m, IH), 7.37 (m, IH), 5.74 (s, 2H), 5.49 (s, IH), 4.30-4.00 (br m, 5H), 1.38 (s, 9H); LCMS: 469.5 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 90
4-((2-(Azetidin-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000117_0001
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 niL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-(l-((7,8-difluoro- 2-oxo-l,2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)methyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-2-yl)azetidine-l- carboxylate (65 mg, 0.14 mmol) and dichloromethane (3 mL) at RT. After 40 min, the solution was concentrated and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (9:1→3:2; water :acetonitrile). Hydrochloric acid (1 mL, 2M Et2O) was added to a solution of the purified product, dichloromethane (3 mL), and methanol (0.3 mL). The mixture was immediately concentrated to give 4-((2-(azetidin-3-yl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l- yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one as the hydrochloride salt: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.05 (br, IH), 9.57 (br, IH), 9.19 (br, IH), 8.59 (d, IH), 8.40 (d, IH), 7.77 (m, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 5.78 (s, 2H), 5.52 (s, IH), 4.48 (m, IH), 4.36 (m, 2H), 4.27 (m, 2H); LCMS: 369.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 91
4-((2-Cyclopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000117_0002
Stepl : TV-β-Aminopyrazin-l-ylJcyclopropanecarboxamide
Figure imgf000118_0001
Λ/-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 1 (modifications: 43 h) using cyclopropanecarboxylic acid and pyrazine-2, 3 -diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 179.3 (M+H)+.
Step2: 2-Cyclopropyl-lH-imidazo [4,5-b] pyrazine
Figure imgf000118_0002
2-Cyclopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 2 (modifications: 60 0C, 22 h) using JV-(3-aminopyrazin-2- yl)cyclopropanecarboxamide as the starting material. LCMS: 161.3 (M+H)+.
Step 3: 4-((2-Cyclopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000118_0003
4-((2-Cyclopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 81, Step 3 using 2-cyclopropyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.43 (d, IH), 8.25 (d, IH), 7.87 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.95 (s, 2H), 5.44 (s, IH), 2.33 (m, IH), 1.21 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 2H); LCMS: 354.4 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 92
4-((2-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000119_0001
Stepl : 7V-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)-3-cyclopropylpropanamide
Figure imgf000119_0002
Λ/-(3-Aminopyrazin-2-yl)-3-cyclopropylpropanamide was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 1 (modifications: DMF as solvent, 24 h) using 3- cyclopropylpropanoic acid and pyrazine-2,3-diamine as starting materials. LCMS: 207.4 (M+H)+.
Step2: 2-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine
Figure imgf000119_0003
2-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 35, Step 2 (modifications: 60 0C, 17 h) using N-(3-aminopyrazin-2-yl)-3- cyclopropylpropanamide as the starting material. LCMS: 189.3 (M+H)+.
Step 3: 4-((2-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000120_0001
4-((2-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 41, Step 3 using 2-(2-cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8- difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 12.08 (s, IH), 8.49 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.84 (m, IH), 7.39 (m, IH), 5.85 (s, 2H), 5.36 (s, IH), 3.00 (t, 2H), 1.73 (m, 2H), 0.80 (m, IH), 0.36 (m, 2H), 0.03 (m, 2H). LCMS: 382.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 93
4-((2-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000120_0002
4-((2-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-
2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 41, Step 3 using 2-(2- cyclopropylethyl)-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-8-fluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 5) as starting materials. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.81 (s, IH), 8.50 (d, IH), 8.32 (d, IH), 7.81 (d, IH), 7.52 (m, IH), 7.29 (m, IH), 5.87 (s, 2H), 5.43 (s, IH), 3.03 (t, 2H), 1.73 (m, 2H), 0.80 (m, IH), 0.36 (m, 2H), 0.03 (m, 2H). LCMS: 364.4 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 94
7-Chloro-4-((2-cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8- fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one
Figure imgf000121_0001
7-Chloro-4-((2-cyclobutyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-8-fluoroquinolin- 2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 34 using 2-cyclobutyl-lH- imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 7) as starting materials. LCMS: 384 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 95 4-((2-Ethyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)- one
Figure imgf000121_0002
4-((2-Ethyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-b]pyrazin-l-yl)methyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one was synthesized as described in EXAMPLE 1 using 2-ethyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- b]pyrazine and 4-(bromomethyl)-7,8-difluoroquinolin-2(lH)-one (INTERMEDIATE 1) as starting materials. 1U NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.10 (s, IH), 8.49 (d, IH), 8.30 (d, IH), 7.84-7.81 (m, IH), 7.41-7.37 (m, IH), 5.82 (s, 2H), 5.37 (s, IH), 2.97- 2.91 (qt, 2H), 1.34-1.30 (t, 3H). LCMS: 342.5 (M+H)+.
[0162] The following compounds can generally be made using the methods described above. It is expected that these compounds when made will have activity similar to those that have been made in the examples above. [0163] The following compounds are represented herein using the Simplified Molecular Input Line Entry System, or SMILES. SMILES is a modern chemical notation system, developed by David Weininger and Daylight Chemical Information Systems, Inc., that is built into all major commercial chemical structure drawing software packages. Software is not needed to interpret SMILES text strings, and an explanation of how to translate SMILES into structures can be found in Weininger, D., J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci. 1988, 28, 31-36. AU SMILES strings used herein, as well as many IUPAC names, were generated using CambridgeSoft's ChemDraw 10.0.
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)N=CS5)=C1 O=C 1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=CS5)=C 1 O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)ON=C5C)=C1 O=C 1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)N=CO5)=C 1 O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)C=NC=C5)=C
1 O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)C=CN=C5)=C
1
O=C 1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=NC=C5)=C 1 O=C 1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=CN=C5)=C 1 O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)N=CS5)=C1C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CN=CS5)=C1C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=CS5)=C1C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CSC=C5)=C1C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)ON=C5C)=C1
C
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)N=CO5)=C1C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)C=NC=C5)=C
1C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)C=CN=C5)=C
1C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=NC=C5)=C1C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=CN=C5)=C1C
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)N=CS5)=C1F
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CN=CS5)=C1F
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=CS5)=C1F
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CSC=C5)=C1F
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)ON=C5C)=C1
F
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)N=CO5)=C1F O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)C=NC=C5)=C
IF O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=C(C)C=CN=C5)=C
IF
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=NC=C5)=C1F O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5=CC=CN=C5)=C1F O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1CC O=ClN([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=ClBr O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1C#C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1OC O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1O O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1N O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1CC O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1C1 O=ClN([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=ClBr O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1C#C O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1OC O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1O O=C 1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C IN O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1F O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1C O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1CC O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1C1 O=ClN([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=ClBr O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1C#
C
O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1OC O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1O O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1N O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1F O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1C O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C1C
C
O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C1C1 O=ClN([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=ClBr O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C1C#
C
O=C1NC2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C1OC O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C1O O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C1N O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C1F O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C1C O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC(C)=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC(C)=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC(C)=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C
1
O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC(C)=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1C O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC(C)=N4)=C4N=C3CC(C)C)=C1C O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC(C)=N4)=C4N=C3C5CCCC5)=C1
C O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C(F)=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC(C)=N4)=C4N=C3C(C)C(C)C)=C
1C
O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4N)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4N5CC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4N5CCC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C
1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4OC5CC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C
1
O=C 1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4CN(C)C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C 1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4C#C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1 O=C 1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4C(C)C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C 1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4C5=CC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6CC
C6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4C5=NC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6C
CC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4OC5=CC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6
CCC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CC=C4OC5=CN=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6
CCC6)=C1
O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4N)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4N5CC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4N5CCC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C
1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4OC5CC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C
1
O=C 1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4CN(C)C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C 1 O=C 1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4C#C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C 1 O=C 1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4C(C)C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C 1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4C5=CC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6C
CC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4C5=NC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6C
CC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4OC5=CC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6
CCC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=CN=C4OC5=CN=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6
CCC6)=C1
O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4N)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4N5CC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4N5CCC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C
1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4OC5CC5)=C4N=C3C6CCC6)=C
1
O=C 1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4CN(C)C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C 1 O=C 1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4C#C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C 1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4C(C)C)=C4N=C3C5CCC5)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4C5=CC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6C
CC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4C5=NC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6C
CC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4OC5=CC=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6
CCC6)=C1 O=C1N([H])C2=C(F)C=CC=C2C(CN3C(N=NC=C4OC5=CN=CC=C5)=C4N=C3C6
CCC6)=C1
[0164] The activity of the compounds in Examples 1-95 as iNOS inhibitors is illustrated in the following assays. The other compounds listed above, which have not yet been made and/or tested, are predicted to have activity in these assays as well.
Biological Activity Assay
Enzyme Source
[0165] The source of nitric oxide synthase (NOS) enzyme can be generated in several ways including induction of endogenous iNOS using cytokines and/or lipopolysaccharide (LPS) in various cell types known in the art. Alternatively, the gene encoding the enzyme can be cloned and the enzyme can be generated in cells via heterologous expression from a transient or stable expression plasmid with suitable features for protein expression as are known in the art. Enzymatic activity (nitric oxide production) is calcium independent for iNOS, while the constitutive NOS isoforms, nNOS and eNOS, become active with the addition of various cofactors added to cellular media or extract as are well known in the art. Enzymes specified in Table 1 were expressed in HEK293 cells transiently transfected with human iNOS.
DAN Assay
[0166] A major metabolic pathway for nitric oxide is to nitrate and nitrite, which are stable metabolites within tissue culture, tissue, plasma, and urine (S Moncada, A Higgs, N Eng J Med 329, 2002 (1993)). Tracer studies in humans have demonstrated that perhaps 50% of the total body nitrate/nitrite originates from the substrate for NO synthesis, L-arginine (PM Rhodes, AM Leone, PL Francis, AD Struthers, S Moncada, Biomed Biophys Res. Commun. 209, 590 (1995); L. Castillo et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90, 193 (1993). Although nitrate and nitrite are not measures of biologically active NO, plasma and urine samples obtained from subjects after a suitable period of fasting, and optionally after administration of a controlled diet (low nitrate/low arginine), allow the use of nitrate and nitrite as an index of NO activity (C Baylis, P Vallance, Curr Opin Nephrol Hypertens 7, 59 (1998)).
[0167] The level of nitrate or nitrite in the specimen can be quantified by any method known in the art which provides adequate sensitivity and reproducibility. A variety of protocols have also been described for detecting and quantifying nitrite and nitrate levels in biological fluids by ion chromatography (e.g., SA Everett et al., J. Chromatogr. 706, 437 (1995); JM Monaghan et al., J. Chromatogr. 770, 143 (1997)), high-performance liquid chromatography (e.g., M KeIm et al., Cardiovasc. Res. 41, 765 (1999)), and capillary electrophoresis (MA Friedberg et al., J. Chromatogr. 781, 491 (1997)). For example, 2,3-diaminonaphthalene reacts with the nitrosonium cation that forms spontaneously from NO to form the fluorescent product lH-naphthotriazole. Using 2,3-diaminonaphthalene ("DAN"), researchers have developed a rapid, quantitative fluorometric assay that can detect from 10 nM to 10 μM nitrite and is compatible with a multi-well microplate format. DAN is a highly selective photometric and fluorometric reagent for Se and nitrite ion. DAN reacts with nitrite ion and gives fluorescent naphthotriazole (MC Carre et al., Analusis 27, 835-838 (1999)). Table 1 provides the test results of various compounds of the subject invention using the DAN assay.
[0168] A specimen can be processed prior to determination of nitrate or nitrite as required by the quantification method, or in order to improve the results, or for the convenience of the investigator. For example, processing can involve centrifuging, filtering, or homogenizing the sample. If the sample is whole blood, the blood can be centrifuged to remove cells and the nitrate or nitrite assay performed on the plasma or serum fraction. If the sample is tissue, the tissue can be dispersed or homogenized by any method known in the art prior to determination of nitrate or nitrite. It may be preferable to remove cells and other debris by centrifugation or another method and to determine the nitrate or nitrite level using only the fluid portion of the sample, or the extracellular fluid fraction of the sample. The sample can also be preserved for later determination, for example by freezing of urine or plasma samples. When appropriate, additives may be introduced into the specimen to preserve or improve its characteristics for use in the nitrate or nitrite assay.
[0169] The "level" of nitrate, nitrite, or other NO-related product usually refers to the concentration (in moles per liter, micromoles per liter, or other suitable units) of nitrate or nitrite in the specimen, or in the fluid portion of the specimen. However, other units of measure can also be used to express the level of nitrate or nitrite. For example, an absolute amount (in micrograms, milligrams, nanomoles, moles, or other suitable units) can be used, particularly if the amount refers back to a constant amount (e.g., grams, kilograms, milliliters, liters, or other suitable units) of the specimens under consideration. A number of commercially available kits can be used. In certain instances two regioisomers correspond to a single example #, whereby the example # is given in Table 1 with two hiNOS activity values respectively.
Table 1. Biological Activity
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Pharmacokinetic Assay
Metabolic Stability of Compounds Following Incubation with Male Mouse Liver
Microsomes
[0170] Liver microsomes are subcellular fractions that contain drug-metabolizing enzymes including the cytochrome P450s (CYPs), flavin monooxygenases and UDP glucuronyl transferases. These enzymes require exogenous cofactors for activity in this test system. The co-factors used consist of an NADPH regenerating system (supporting Phase I oxidation) and UDP-GA (supporting Phase II glucuronidation). The following protocol, employing murine liver microsomes, may be used to determine the in vitro metabolic stability of compounds in terms of half life. Preparation:
[0171] Potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 (incubation buffer) was prepared from 110 mL IM KPO4 monobasic and 390 mL of IM KPO4 dibasic (500 mL total volume), which was diluted with water to 100 mM prior to addition ofl mM EDTA, 3 niM MgCl2 and 1.25 niM D-saccharic acid 1,4-lactone monohydrate. May be stored for up to one month at 4°C. One day prior to study, to 200 mL of incubation buffer was added 5 mg alamethicin and 0.21 g bovine serum albumin (BSA), with 2 min of sonication and several hours of stirring. In 15 mL polypropylene screw-cap tubes containing 8.5 mL incubation buffer, 40 μL of compound in DMSO at 1.25 mM was added to yield a 5.88 μM solution (test article). Liver microsomes (male CD-I mouse liver microsomes from, e.g., BD Gentest, Woburn, MA; may be stored at -700C until use) at a concentration of 20 mg/mL were diluted to 5 mg/mL in incubation buffer in a separate tube.
[0172] A NADPH-generating system was prepared by combining one aliquot each of the following premade ingredients:
1. 0.5 mL/ aliquot of 10 mL of 600 mM of Glucose-6-phosphate stock solution in 100 mM phosphate buffer;
2. 0.5 mL/ aliquot of 10 mL of 120 mM of NADP stock solution in 100 mM phosphate buffer; and
3. 0.5 mL/ aliquot of 10 mL of 120 Units/ml Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase stock solution in 100 mM phosphate buffer, with an equal volume of 200 mM UDP-GA in 10OmM phosphate buffer stock solution prepared the same day. Each of 1-3 may be stored at -8O0C in aliquot vial until use.
Half-life determination:
[0173] In an appropriate incubation tube, 425 μL of the incubation buffer containing compound test article at 5.88 μM was combined with 50 μL of the 5 mg/mL diluted liver microsomes and pre-incubated in a 37°C water bath for at least 5 minutes. 25 μL NADPH Generating System was added to the incubation vial, and a 100 μL aliquot immediately removed from each incubation tube and combined with 300 μL of chilled quench reagent (1 :2 water: acetonitrile) containing internal standard. At each subsequent incubation time point (15, 30 or 60 min), an additional 100 μL was removed and quenched. The final concentration of test articles were 5 μM, and final concentration of DMSO solvent in the incubation were 0.4% (v/v). [0174] Metabolic stability was determined based on disappearance half-life. The percent (%) test article remaining was determined at each incubation time-point, relative to the zero-time sample. These results were transformed by natural log, such that first-order decline of substrate concentrations with time produced a straight line. This line was fit with a standard linear regression algorithm, and the slope determined. If data points suggested higher order elimination kinetics (non linear), then the earliest data points were used for slope calculation. Disappearance half-life in minutes (Ty2) was calculated by multiplying the inverse of this slope by the natural log of 2 (InT). All data analysis was performed with Microsoft Excel (ver 2007). Results are reported in Table 2 below, in which A represents a half life of < 30 min, B represents a half life of >30 min but <120 min, and C represents a half life of > 120 min, wherein said values are generally representative of a mean value across several runs of the same test.
Table 2. Metabolic Stability
Liver Microsomal
Compound Half-Life
Example A: <30 min
B: >30 min, <120 min
C: >120 min
EXAMPLE 1 NT
EXAMPLE 2 B
EXAMPLE 3 C
EXAMPLE 4 B
EXAMPLE 5 NT
EXAMPLE 6 B
EXAMPLE 7 A
EXAMPLE 8 B
EXAMPLE 9 NT
EXAMPLE 10 B
EXAMPLE 11 A
EXAMPLE 12 C
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
In Vivo Assays
Murine LPS Challenge
[0175] Inhibition of induction of iNOS can be quantified via the LPS challenge. Inflammation, edema, and the onset of sepsis can be observed following an injection of lipopolysaccharide (LPS), a substance produced by Gram-negative bacteria. Injection of LPS has been shown to induce iNOS transcription, leading to measureable increases in both iNOS and NO. (Iuvone T et al., Evidence that inducible nitric oxide synthase is involved in LPS-mediated plasma leakage in rat skin through the activation of nuclear factor-κB, Br J Pharm 1998:123 1325-1330.) As described above, the level of nitric oxide in the specimen can be quantified by correlation with plasma nitrate or nitrite levels via chemiluminescence, fluorescence, spectophotometric assays, or by any method known in the art which provides adequate sensitivity and reproducibility, including those described above.
[0176] Male Lewis rats weighing 150-250 g are often used in the studies. Rats may be fasted for up to 16 hours prior to the administration of LPS. Free access to water is maintained. Test compounds are administered with LPS or alone. Compounds are dissolved in the vehicle of 0.5% methycele/0.025% Tween 20 or 20% encapsin for oral administration. For the intravenous dosing, compounds are dissolved in saline or 0.5-3%DMSO/20% encapsin. Compounds may also be dissolved in 10% stock solution of 90% PGE-400, 5% Tween 80, 5%PVP + 90% CMC. The dosing volumes are 1-2 ml for oral and 0.3-1 ml for intravenous administration. [0177] LPS is injected intravenously (under anesthesia) or intraperitoneally in sterile 0.9% saline (sodium chloride) at a dose between 0.1-10 mg/kg in a volume not excess to 1 ml. The needle is 26-30 gauge. Following LPS injection, rats usually exhibit flu-like symptoms, principally involving lack of activity and diarrhea. In routine screening experiments, rats are sacrificed 1.5-6 hr after LPS injection and a terminal bleeding is performed under anesthesia to collect 1-3 ml blood samples and then animals are then euthanized by CO2.
[0178] A protocol using mice instead of rats was adapted from the methods disclosed above, adjusting for species and weight differences, for example, using modifications well known in the art. Compounds were administered at 30 mpk. Results as percent inhibition are shown below in Table 3, wherein ND indicates "no data." Table 3. Inhibition of Inflammation
Figure imgf000139_0001
[0179] From the foregoing description, one skilled in the art can easily ascertain the essential characteristics of this invention, and without departing from the spirit and scope thereof, can make various changes and modifications of the invention to adapt it to various usages and conditions.

Claims

CLAIMSWhat is claimed is:
1. A compound of structural Formula II
Figure imgf000141_0001
II or a salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
X1 is selected from the group consisting of CR4 and N;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of CR5 and N;
X3 is selected from the group consisting of CR6 and N;
R4-R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkoxy, lower alkynyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, (CH2)mOR12, (CH2)mSR13, and (CH2)mN(R14)R15, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -(CH2)n-lower cycloalkyl, -(CH2)n-lower heterocycloalkyl, -(CH2)n-lower aryl, and -(CH2)n-lower heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy;
R8, R9, R10, and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and halogen;
R12 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower heterocycloalkyl, and lower heterocycloalkylalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower aryl, lower heteroaryl, lower heterocycloalkyl, and lower heterocycloalkylalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; or R14 and R15, together with the atom to which they are attached, may be joined to form an optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety; and m and n are independently 0-4.
2. The compound as recited in Claim 1 wherein R10 and R11 are hydrogen.
3. The compound as recited in Claim 2 wherein
X2 is CR5; and X3 is CR6.
4. The compound as recited in Claim 3 wherein R5 and R6 are hydrogen.
5. The compound as recited in Claim 4 wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of fluorine and hydrogen.
6. The compound as recited in Claim 5 wherein R8 is hydrogen.
7. The compound as recited in Claim 6 wherein:
R4 is selected from the croup consisting of hydrogen, halogen, cyano, lower alkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkoxy, (CH2)mOR12, (CH2)mSR13, and (CH2)mN(R14)R15, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; and
R14 and R15 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and lower alkyl; or R14 and R15, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, may be joined to form an optionally substituted 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl moiety.
8. The compound as recited in Claim 7 wherein
R7 is selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl and -(CH2)n-lower cycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, halogen, perfluoromethyl, and perfluoromethoxy; and n is 0 or 1.
9. The compound as recited in Claim 8 wherein X1 is N.
10. The compound as recited in Claim 8 wherein X1 is CH.
11. A compound selected from the group consisting of Examples 1 to 88 and 90-95.
12. Use of a compound as recited in Claim 1 as a medicament.
13. Use of a compound as recited in Claim 1 as a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition ameliorated by the inhibition of iNOS.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as recited in Claim 1 together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
15. A method of inhibition of iNOS comprising contacting iNOS with a compound as recited in Claim 1.
16. A method of treatment of a iNOS-mediated disease comprising the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as recited in Claim 1 to a patient in need thereof.
17. The method as recited in claim 16, wherein said disease is selected from the group consisting of pain, an inflammatory disease, an autoimmune disease, and a respiratory disease.
18. The method as recited in claim 17, wherein said disease is selected from the group consisting of neuropathy, inflammatory pain, nerve injury, peripheral neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, chronic pain, intractable cancer pain, complex regional pain syndrome, and entrapment neuropathy (carpel tunnel syndrome), neuropathic pain, acute herpes zoster (shingles), postherpetic neuralgia (PHN), chemotherapy- induced neuropathy, HIV neuropathy, ocular pain, post-surgical pain, dental pain/dental extraction, pain resulting from dermal injury, lower back pain, headaches, migraine, tactile allodynia, and hyperalgesia.
19. The method as recited in claim 18, wherein said pain is inflammatory pain.
20. The method as recited in claim 18, wherein said pain is a result of dermal injury, and said dermal injury is a burn.
21. The method as recited in claim 18, wherein said disease is selected from the group consisting of neuropathic pain and postherpetic neuralgia.
22. The method as recited in claim 17, wherein said disease is is an inflammatory disease selected from the group consisting of sepsis, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, reflux esophagitis, diarrhea, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, gastritis, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, and psoriasis.
23. The method as recited in claim 17, wherein said disease is is a respiratory disease selected from the group consisting of asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, including chronic bronchitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome, pneumonia, pulmonary hypertension, and status asthamticus.
24. A method of treatment of a iNOS-mediated disease comprising the administration of: a. a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as recited in Claim 1; and b. at least one other therapeutic agent.
PCT/US2008/074251 2007-08-27 2008-08-25 Heterobicyclic-substituted quinolones useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors WO2009029592A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US96815807P 2007-08-27 2007-08-27
US60/968,158 2007-08-27
US5370908P 2008-05-16 2008-05-16
US61/053,709 2008-05-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009029592A1 true WO2009029592A1 (en) 2009-03-05

Family

ID=39889675

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/074251 WO2009029592A1 (en) 2007-08-27 2008-08-25 Heterobicyclic-substituted quinolones useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors

Country Status (3)

Country Link
AR (1) AR068032A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200924772A (en)
WO (1) WO2009029592A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013018899A1 (en) 2011-08-03 2013-02-07 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Dibenzooxepin derivative
WO2014103947A1 (en) 2012-12-25 2014-07-03 日本曹達株式会社 Halogenated aniline and method for producing same
US10420838B2 (en) 2014-04-08 2019-09-24 The Methodist Hospital Methods for treating cancer using iNOS-inhibitory compositions

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999010339A1 (en) * 1997-08-27 1999-03-04 Pfizer Products Inc. 2-aminopyridines containing fused ring substituents as nos inhibitors
WO2006103255A1 (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-05 Nycomed Gmbh Imidazopyridine derivatives useful as inos inhibitors
WO2007117778A2 (en) * 2006-02-24 2007-10-18 Kalypsys, Inc. Quinolones useful as inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitors

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999010339A1 (en) * 1997-08-27 1999-03-04 Pfizer Products Inc. 2-aminopyridines containing fused ring substituents as nos inhibitors
WO2006103255A1 (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-05 Nycomed Gmbh Imidazopyridine derivatives useful as inos inhibitors
WO2007117778A2 (en) * 2006-02-24 2007-10-18 Kalypsys, Inc. Quinolones useful as inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitors

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013018899A1 (en) 2011-08-03 2013-02-07 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Dibenzooxepin derivative
WO2014103947A1 (en) 2012-12-25 2014-07-03 日本曹達株式会社 Halogenated aniline and method for producing same
KR20150085082A (en) 2012-12-25 2015-07-22 닛뽕소다 가부시키가이샤 Halogenated aniline and method for producing same
US9573881B2 (en) 2012-12-25 2017-02-21 Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. Halogenated aniline and method for producing same
US9758468B2 (en) 2012-12-25 2017-09-12 Nippon Soda Co., Ltd. Halogenated aniline and method for producing same
US10420838B2 (en) 2014-04-08 2019-09-24 The Methodist Hospital Methods for treating cancer using iNOS-inhibitory compositions
US11357850B2 (en) 2014-04-08 2022-06-14 The Methodist Hospital Methods for treating breast cancer using INOS-inhibitory compositions

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200924772A (en) 2009-06-16
AR068032A1 (en) 2009-10-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2009029625A1 (en) 4- [heterocyclyl-methyl] -8-fluoro-quinolin-2-ones useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors
AU2007269070B2 (en) Bicyclic heteroaryl inhibitors of PDE4
WO2009029617A1 (en) Diarylamine-substituted quinolones useful as inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitors
EP3551610B1 (en) Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (dlk) kinase for the treatment of disease
WO2007101213A2 (en) Novel 2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidines, bicyclic pyrimidine diones and imidazolidine-2,4-diones useful as inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitors
WO2008103615A1 (en) Isoquinolines useful as inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitors
WO2008045664A2 (en) Heterocyclic pde4 inhibitors as antiinflammatory agents
WO2007015866A2 (en) Inhibitors of p38 kinase and methods of treating inflammatory disorders
AU2007235132A1 (en) Quinolones useful as inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitors
WO2007015877A2 (en) Inhibitors of p38 kinase and methods of treating inflammatory disorders
WO2009032754A2 (en) Heterocyclodiazepine cannabinoid receptor modulators for treatment of disease
AU2007275221A1 (en) Benzothiophene inhibitors of RHO kinase
US8138205B2 (en) Heteroarylalkoxy-substituted quinolone inhibitors of PDE4
WO2011112731A2 (en) Heterocyclic inhibitors of histamine receptors for the treatment of disease
US20130116279A1 (en) Bicyclic heteroaryl inhibitors of pde4
WO2010016846A1 (en) Heterocyclic modulators of tgr5 for treatment of disease
WO2009029592A1 (en) Heterobicyclic-substituted quinolones useful as nitric oxide synthase inhibitors
CA2628146A1 (en) Salts of inducible nitric oxide synthase dimerization inhibitors
WO2013039785A2 (en) Heterocyclic inhibitors of histamine receptors for the treatment of disease
WO2016049595A1 (en) Heteroaryl inhibitors of pde4
WO2019241244A1 (en) Salts of bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (dlk) kinase for the treatment of disease
US20150086480A1 (en) Heteroaryl inhibitors of pde4

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08828786

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 08828786

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1